The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutSpace Sciences Building Accessible Entry SpecSPACE SCIENCES BUILDING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY Project Manual & Specifications April 27, 2016 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14853 Architect Facilities Engineering Cornell University 201 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853 SPACE SCIENCES BUILDING TABLE OF CONTENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY Page 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid Form General Conditions Exhibit A Exhibit A-1 Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D Exhibit E Exhibit F — and Exhibits Change Order Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments Final Release Application and Certificate for Payment Guarantee Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE/WBE Vendors Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Affirmative Action Workforce Report Minority — Women Utilization Report Labor Rate Breakdown Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation Contractor Performance Evaluation Exhibit F — Form II Exhibit F — Form III Exhibit F — Form IV Exhibit G Exhibit H Exhibit I DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Section 01 14 00 Section 01 25 00 Section 01 31 19 Section 01 31 50 Section 01 32 16 Section 01 32 33 Section 01 33 00 Section 01 35 29 Section 01 35 43 Section 01 35 44 Section 01 41 00 Section 01 42 00 Section 01 45 00 Section 01 50 00 Section 01 51 00 Section 01 66 00 Section 01 71 23 Section 01 73 29 Section 01 77 00 Section 01 78 22 Section 01 78 23 Section 01 78 36 Section 01 78 39 Summary of the Work Work Restrictions Substitutions and Product Options Project Meetings Electronic Project Management Construction Schedules Photographic Documentation Submittal Procedures General Health & Safety General Environmental Requirements Spill Control Regulatory Requirements References Quality Control Temporary Facilities and Controls Temporary Utilities Storage and Protection Field Engineering Cutting, Patching and Repairing Project Close Out Fixed Equipment Inventory Operating and Maintenance Data Warranties and Bonds Record Documents SPACE SCIENCES BUILDING TABLE OF CONTENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY Page 2 DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE Section 03 62 00 Non -Shrink Grouting DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 84 00 Firestopping Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8 — OPENINGS Section 08 43 13 Aluminum -Framed Storefronts Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware Section 08 80 00 Glazing DIVISION 9 — FINISHES Section 09 21 16 Section 09 51 00 Gypsum Board Assemblies Suspended Acoustical Ceilings DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS Section 12 48 13 Entrance Floor Mats and Frames DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 19 Section 26 05 26 Section 26 05 29 Section 26 05 33 Section 26 05 53 Section 26 27 26 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors & Cables Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Identification for Electrical Systems Wiring Devices DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS Section 27 15 00 Communications Horizontal Cabling DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY & SECURITY Section 28 31 12 Zoned (DC Loop) Fire Alarm System SPACE SCIENCES BUILDING TABLE OF CONTENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY Page 3 DRAWING LIST T-00 1 Title Sheet A-000 General Notes, Symbology, Abbreviations & Key/Code Plan A-100 Partial Basement Architectural Demolition and Renovation Plans A-101 Partial First Floor Architectural Demolition and Renovation Plans A-301 Partial First Floor Demolition and Renovation Reflected Ceiling Plans E-100 Partial Basement Electrical Plan E-400 Access Control and ADA Operator Schematics ME -000 Scope of Work, General Notes, Symbology and Abbreviations ME -101 First Floor Mechanical Plan MED -101 Partial First Floor Mechanical Electrical Demo Plan END OF DOCUMENT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Space Sciences Building Accessible Entry Owner: Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: Facilities Engineering 201 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 1. PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. 2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Space Sciences Building Accessible Entry Submitted by: (Bidder) b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than 2:00PM on May 25, 2016. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -1 BID OPENING a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room B26A, Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b: The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. BIDDING DOCUMENTS The Bidding Documents will consist of the folio (1) Instructions to Bidders. General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 "Genera Drawings and Specifications. Requirements". (5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED o date of opening of Proposals. a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts http:l/finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). - For assistance call 607-255-5343. b. Additional sets will be available at $30.00 per set without refund. All subcontractors and suppliers requiring may order these at $30.00 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner. The successful bidder START OF WORK be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and specifications. a. Work at the site shall be started within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be completed no later than August 12, 2016 BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. _ The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -2 9. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid opening date. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. 10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding. 11. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received seven (7) or more days prior to date fixed for opening of Bids will be given consideration. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -3 12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:00AM, May 11, 2016, in Room 102C of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 15. UNIT PRICES a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form. b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -4 17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Form. 18. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 19. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub -surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub -surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub -surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him. 20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. 21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -5 23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS a. Provide with Bid Proposal: (1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening (2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder (3) List of Proposed Subcontractors (4) Schedule of Values (5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices b. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms (2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors (3) Six -Month Workforce Projection c. Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -6 SPACE SCIENCES BUILDING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gentlemen: The undersigned, a (Name of Bidder) (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated April 27, 2016 prepared by Cornell University, Facilities Engineering, 201 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, New York 14853, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. ($ ) BID FORM BF -1 2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates. c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the following Alternate Proposals within sixty ( 60 ) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. Alternate No. Description ADD DEDUCT NONE $ $ BID FORM BF -2 3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within fifteen (15) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the project no later than August 12, 2016. 4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL CONCRETE FURNISHING/FLOOR MATS BID FORM BF -3 OPENINGS COMMUNICATIONS 5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces directly employed by the undersigned: b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. BID FORM BF -4 6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A. 7. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished by (Name of Surety) b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. % c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $ (10% of Bid Amount) is attached to this Bid. BID FORM BF -5 8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions are excluded. Spec Section Trades and/or Subdivision Division 01 General Requirements Division 03 Concrete Division 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection Division 08 Openings Division 09 Finishes Division 12 Furnishings Division 26 Electrical Division 27 Communications Division 28 Electronic Safety & Security Total Values Included in Base Bid Labor Material Total Combined Bid $ BID FORM BF -6 9. SUBSTITUTIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The Bidder may offer a substitution for General Conditions, Article 2.05, Superintendence by Contractor, by listing in the space below the proposed percentage of supervision to be provided onsite, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. Percentage of Supervision Deduction from Base Bid $( ) e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Item and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material BID FORM BF -7 10. ACCEPTANCE a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid due date. b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty ( 60 ) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of time. BID FORM BF -8 11. ADDENDUM RECEIPT a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: By: Title: Business Address: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -9 CERTIFICATE OF NON -COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. Dated: By: Title: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -10 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I, , certify that I am the of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that , who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Dated: (Secretary -Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) BID FORM BF -11 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR SPACE SCIENCES BUILDING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 1 Section 1.01 Section 1.02 Section 1.03 ARTICLE 2 Section 2.01 Section 2.02 Section 2.03 Section 2.04 Section 2.05 Section 2.06 Section 2.07 Section 2.08 Section 2.09 Section 2.10 Section 2.11 Section 2.12 Section 2.13 Section 2.14 Section 2.15 ARTICLE 3 Section 3.01 Section 3.02 Section 3.03 Section 3.04 Section 3.05 Section 3.06 ARTICLE 4 Section 4.01 Section 4.02 ARTICLE 5 Section 5.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Owner Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings Order of Precedence CONTRACTOR Contractor's Obligations Contractor's Title to Materials "Or Equal" Clause Quality, Quantity and Labeling Superintendence by Contractor Subsurface or Site Conditions Representations of Contractor Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors Meetings Related Work Surveys and Layout Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies Project Labor Rates Daily Reports INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Access to the Work Notice for Testing Inspection of Work Inspection and Testing Defective or Damaged Work Acceptance Page 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 CHANGES IN WORK Changes 8 Form of Change Orders 10 TIME OF COMPLETION Time of Completion 10 1 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 6 Section 6.01 Section 6.02 Section 6.03 ARTICLE 7 Section 7.01 ARTICLE 8 Section 8.01 ARTICLE 9 Section 9.01 ARTICLE 10 Section 10.01 Section 10.02 Section 10.03 Section 10.04 Section 10.05 Section 10.06 Section 10.07 Section 10.08 Section 10.09 Section 10.10 ARTICLE 11 Section 11.01 Section 11.02 ARTICLE 12 Section 12.01 Section 12.02 Section 12.03 Section 12.04 ARTICLE 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS TERMINATION Termination for Cause Termination for Convenience of Owner Owner's Right to do Work DISPUTES Disputes Procedure SUBCONTRACTS Subcontracting COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Cooperation with Other Contractors PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Accidents and Accident Prevention Adjoining Property Emergencies Bonds Risks Assumed by the Contractor Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance Liability Insurance of the Owner Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards Effect of Procurement of Insurance No Third Party Rights Page 11 11 12 12 13 13 15 16 16 16 16 17 18 18 19 19 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Substantial Completion 19 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19 PAYMENT Provision of Payment Withholding Payments Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment Final Payment and Release TAX EXEMPTION 20 22 22 23 Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24 11 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 14 Section 14.01 ARTICLE 15 Section 15.01 Section 15.02 Section 15.03 Section 15.04 Section 15.05 Section 15.06 Section 15.07 Section 15.08 ARTICLE 16 ARTICLE 17 ARTICLE 18 ARTICLE 19 Section 19.01 Section 19.02 Section 19.03 ARTICLE 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS GUARANTEE Guarantee STANDARD PROVISIONS Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Laws Governing the Contract Assignments No Third Party Rights Waiver of Rights of Owner Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action Limitation on Actions Owner's Representative ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ROYALTIES AND PATENTS CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Release of Information Confidential Information Use of Owner's Name Page 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 29 iii Rev 07-2014 EXHIBITS A Change Order A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment C Final Release D Application and Certificate for Payment E Guarantee F Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report Form IV Minority -Women Utilization Report G Labor Rate Breakdown H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation I Contractor Performance Evaluation iv Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 1-- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. 1 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 2 Rev 07-2014 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. 3 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid infoniiation made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 4 Rev 07-2014 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 5 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 — Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 6 Rev 07-2014 Section 3.03 —Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 7 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as -built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 8 Rev 07-2014 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-ups: 1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work performed by a Sub -Subcontractor. Where work is performed by a Sub -Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub -Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. 4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost. Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the reduction. F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A-1. Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. 9 Rev 07-2014 G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. Section 4.02 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents. No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said form. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect's or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 10 Rev 07-2014 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. 11 Rev 07-2014 Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. 12 Rev 07-2014 D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. 13 Rev 07-2014 B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work. E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. 14 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident investigation forms and accident reports prepared. C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. 15 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by Owner's own negligence. 1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity. B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. 16 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage's issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage's shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. 17 Rev 07-2014 C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor's certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage's and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage's, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. 18 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover "all risk" of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage's including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. 19 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11-- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 — Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 20 Rev 07-2014 B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. (d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates, notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit "H". The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site. 21 Rev 07-2014 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect. However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not hereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 5. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction. 6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor's work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04. D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for tax exemption. 22 Rev 07-2014 Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.03 — Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As -Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub -Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 23 Rev 07-2014 f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub -subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 24 Rev 07-2014 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract shall be deemed to be inserted therein. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. 25 Rev 07-2014 Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F". B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of any tier. C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination provisions required by applicable federal and state law. D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan must be approved by the Owner. E. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affirmative Action Plans and hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. 1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I) 2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors (Form II) 3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Form III) 4. Minority -Women Utilization Report (Form IV) This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. 26 Rev 07-2014 F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows: Carpenters 4.8% Electricians 14.1% Laborers 7.8% Masons 2.8% Painters 25.7% Plumbers 5.9% Sheetmetal Workers 4.0% G. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F — Form III) on a monthly basis. The Prime Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such forms shall be submitted to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.08 - Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative (Debra Melanson) shall be recognized by the Contractor. 27 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub - Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 17 — CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION The Owner shall schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50%) based on project invoicing and at project completion to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached "Contractor Performance Evaluation", Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 18 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. ARTICLE 19 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 19.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. 28 Rev 07-2014 Section 19.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 19.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. ARTICLE 20 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at http://finance.fs.cornelLedu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https //secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/reportcustom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. 29 Rev 07-2014 Cornell Unive sit Facilities Services CHANGE ORDER Cornell University Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 EXHIBIT "A" Distribution to: OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER PROJECT: TO (Contractor): CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: INITIATION DATE: OWNER'S CONTRACT NO: CONTRACT DATE: You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract: Item No. Description Reference Amount Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Contractor. Signature of the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement herewith, including any adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time. The original (Contract Price) was_ $ Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $ The (Contract Price) prior to this Change Order was_ ---- $ Ther(Contract Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order $ The new (Contract Price) including this Change Order will be $ The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES: CONTRACTOR CORNELL UNIVERSITY ) Days. OWNER BY BY TITLE TITLE DATE DATE EXHIBIT "A-1" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Division of Facilities Services Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Facilities Services ("FS") has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract change orders in conformity with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated July 2014. The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Form with all associated back-up documentation. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor — Include the "wages paid" hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. "Wages paid" is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 — Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. "Assigned Personnel or Work Crews" should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job -site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material — Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of "Unit of Measure" include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment — Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor's actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor's overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. EXHIBIT "A-1" OR E ...LR I T STT;'' FACILITIES ERNICES E PROJECT m Name of CantracturoSt' ct&p D ON OF WORK A TRECT COST OF WO I L DR(ttach iz N co'iriucr c R WORK CRE E ai -i TOT. DIRECTCOST I TOT, COST PIK 0P ISt 4, 5, Bond Premium Rite TOTAL COP COST TOTAL 'ON 3.CT DAYS i DsF,f, "TED OM EXHIBIT "B" a) H 0 a) • 0 a Name of Contractor U a c0 E 0 c a 00 HU`-" oU" • 0 4-4 0 474 cn a Z EpS H 0 isted as a Separate It Allowance must be a) Q 0 0 a) a) 0 a) H Z Q U FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "C° FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: 0 z 0 V •D C 0 0' U 0 N O z U 7 W 2 Ri 0 ./ iL ce U Z 0 1. APPLICATION NO.: TO OWNER: PERIOD TO: PROJECT NOS.: CONTRACT DATE: VIA ARCHITE FROM CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT F O v A v o ›. .00 ro a V ,0 0. v .� a ov'Cj- x 4 A .. o [ ro 3 0 v A C o ° E Y v� C > C E y cja o Q�AVC v G v „En�E w C' ca 0 0 y a v s v L -4 d4 0 4) C U 0 U O v U .. f, E v44 C > v O a -0U go O aR• u LO '.p.. C Q x V - O O v aero v u'v - �� 0 OUu .0ie 4" p 5 ESU E 1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM CONTRACTOR: V 0 .0 0 c 4. 0 C R o 0 u . Q :J Q O A V) U vai it aq 44 2 . Net change by Change Orders 3. CONTRACT SUM TO DATE (Line I ± 2) ce .O ARCHITECT'S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT M N b a;J °U Qom% W v r V U a 0 C a W 8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE 44 AMOUNT CERTIFIED W 4 zM Lu 0 z 0 U z U) z� LT. v Da 0' EXHIBIT "D" 4) O c m DEDUCTIONS ADDITIONS CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY s 0 0 2 .0 0 0 4 ro F p N 0 ad o ze Z a xesw s a 1- z z 61 x .c 5,6 X �a • r5 O g' U' O m Pa ^a F O w a AIA DOCUMENT G703 (Instructions on reverse side) EXHIBIT "D" N Cf 1 8 • • •z O • c UN [� L x w• W N y eM n N Z 0 a z� i° C., O • (rpt V F �3 RETAINAGE (IF VARIABLE) RATE) x BALANCE TO FINISH (C - G) cD v es' .1. co TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (D+E+F) w MATERIALS PRESENTLY STORED (NOT IN D OR E) m WORK COMPLETED THIS PERIOD 4 FROM PREVIOUS APPLICATION (D + E) U SCHEDULED VALUE q DESCRIPTION OF WORK ••:C :Z.: 0 N Cf 1 8 • • •z O • c UN [� L x w• W N y eM n N Z 0 a z� i° C., O • (rpt V F �3 GUARANTEE Date: EXHIBIT "E" In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) By: Title: (COMPANY) EXHIBIT "F" FORM I CORRELL UREVIEMTY CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Amount of Contract: $ Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade: 1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm: 2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services? A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required. A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services Subcontracted Trade Amount Item Amount EXHIBIT "F" FORM I 5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount $ AND Percentage oda 6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of total monthly manpower per trade. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount $ AND Percentage 7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your firm over the past five (5) years: MBE or WBE Vendor CONTRACT (Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and WBE vendors: OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER: Name and Title: Date: Signature: 2 EXHIBIT "F" FORM II CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Signature: Date: EXHIBIT "F" r4 0 Lit LA 0 p :1± Yri 1.1 •P :a r 0 a ‘.4 A P.: A r m 1 _ co u 4.1' kn 7 , mi b trP 0 EXHIBIT "F" Please print or ty 111 11 II no Women Firm Name - Awards I Dollar Amount of MBE Contract II II o II111111 Minority Firm Name - Awards 11 1111 1 Dollar Amount of Subcontract 1 I I III 1 Prime Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor's Name EXHIBIT "G" Conic in wet .e� vices Payroll Taxes azrd I� €a eases FICA. Federal Unempl t State Unemployment Gk orlCees Compensation l�odity Injury & Property Damage per Hour Dr4a lity TOTAL ayrollTaxesandIaa tuanceAat* iia eyate% Total s to net Contractor costa pr _ins dircotimt and exp en applied agamit real rate_ EXHIBIT "H" 'o°teii Unnersity Facilities Services STORED iATERE L.S LNVOIC "G DOCIT, iTION CON TRACT NO: CONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR: REASON FOR REQUEST: of hiatei'itals Stored: [ Quantified Statement o �� .Attach a Certificate of nstrrance fear the above specified materials. Certificate shall nan "Corne l University"" as a loss payee cvitli respect to the specified materials: Transfer of Title re Ct7ntractor hereby threes to transfei complete op of ail listen tiiaterials to Cornell t niversity at the ue iaayment is made to C ontractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remain siaonsilale`for axil contractrual requirements for the above listed materials including complete installation and EXHIBIT "I" Co Unive4'Ily Pert Bance Evaluation Please rjive rye rating for eg€try , taidvrrtastents as aaired'to justify raiir. p baaa A I vary Good a a. congttarre a prciect geo€3 b. "da rkrTlai {a quaff asst n y Too —qual igratsiy d. e;nt—sat7a Ta itty and operaiirxa; ara C. rfri}astieaft Su heet Pr a ct ntrctor Pe Categor Quality of, nship Scheduling Subcontn MEErin E Pa cipation Safety Con t Adfinis: n Workin Relationships On -Si Supervis Rating Cony C ut Corm Rabin g per a ry 15 10 10 10 ring 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Rating Reren Fats to achie Neei Fully achieves ea Frequent* ez Review Input (Page d out by the ContractorI fr e the discu SPACE SCIENCES BUILDING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1 1.3 PARKING 2 1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES 3 1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION 3 1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS 4 1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. 5 1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC 5 1.9 STAND DOWN DATES 6 1.10 WORKING HOURS 6 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6 SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.6 PROCEDURES 3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS - APPROVED EQUAL 3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS 4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS 6 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS 7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION 8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 8 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 8 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 8 April 27, 2016 SECTION 0131 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 3 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING(S) 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 0131 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 PROCEDURES 1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW 2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 0132 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES 1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES 1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS 2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION 3 SECTION 0132 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1 3.0 EXECUTION 1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 2 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS 2 April 27, 2016 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE 1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS 2 1.4 PRODUCT DATA 3 1.5 SAMPLES 4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS 5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 9 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 10 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS 11 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 12 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 12 1.13 DISTRIBUTION 13 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 13 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 13 SECTION 0135 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN 1 1.3 ASBESTOS 2 1.4 LEAD 3 1.5 SITE VISITS 3 1.6 CONFINED SPACE 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 April 27, 2016 SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION 1 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE 2 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW 2 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION 3 1.8 DUST CONTROL 3 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK 4 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 4 1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE 5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5 SECTION 0135 44 SPILL CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION 1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES 1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 4100 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES 1 1.2 INSPECTIONS 1 1.3 COMPLIANCE 1 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 April 27, 2016 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS 3 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 17 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 17 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION 1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS 2 1.4 TESTING 3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 1 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 3 2.5 SUPPORTS 3 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 4 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL 5 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION 5 2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES 6 2.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 6 2.11 SECURITY 6 2.12 FIELD OFFICES 6 3.0 EXECUTION 6 3.1 PREPARATION 6 3.2 GENERAL 7 3.3 REMOVAL 7 April 27, 2016 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER 1 2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR 2 2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE 3 2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 3 3.0 EXECUTION 4 3.1 REMOVAL 4 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE 1 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE 2 1.5 PROTECTION 3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 7123 FIELD ENGINEERING 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR 1 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS 1 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 2 1.5 RECORDS 2 1.6 SUBMITTALS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 April 27, 2016 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.4 WARRANTIES 4 2.0 PRODUCTS 4 2.1 MATERIALS 4 3.0 EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSPECTION 4 3.2 PREPARATION 5 3.3 PERFORMANCE 5 3.4 CLEANING 7 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INSPECTIONS 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP 3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 April 27, 2016 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL 2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 4 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 6 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 7 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) 2 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) 2 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS 2 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 1 1.3 RECORDING 1 1.4 SUBMITTAL 6 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work to be Done 1. Scope of work includes replacement of the existing exterior and interior storefront doors and concealed spline ceiling system. 2. Install new aluminum storefront system in the vestibule area to include automatic door operators, a recessed walk -off entry mat system, and new 2' x 2' suspended acoustical tile ceiling system. 3. Installation of an access control system to be integrated with the ADA door auto operators. 4. Work also includes removal of the basement interior receiving doors to be turned over to Owner, and replacement of panic hardware on the exterior door along with installation of an automatic operator to make the door ADA accessible. Modifications to the electrical, mechanical, and fire protection systems are also included. B. The Scope of the Work 1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. SPACE SCIENCES SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract work with work performed under others contracts. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** SPACE SCIENCES SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CO ELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York ' RESTRICTIONS SECTION 01 14 00 O RESTRICTIONS .0 GENE .2 LATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYC Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.gov/inutcd) and all other local laws and regulations. • The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the mann which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times. er The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. D. " The Contractor shall maintain 20' min mum fire lane access. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may required. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner's Representative. G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the Work. H. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. SPACE SCIENCES 0' ST CTIONS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 14 00-1 April 27, 2016 CO ELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York K. O'- RESTRICTIONS For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personal lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative. Parking/staging may be made available at Palm Road, or other pre -determined area for the duration of the project. The Contractor will be responsible for fencing, securing and maintaining the designated area. All vehicles at Palm Road must be registered with Transportation Services. NG A. The Owner site. ay designate an area for"parking of essential. Contractor vehicles on the project The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportatio persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. of all trade It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Deb Melanson) for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete a "New Construction Employee Form" for each permit requested. This form may be found at http.//finance.fs.cornell edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. D. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Seryices and/or other author jurisdiction, as follows: Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, ground Discharge any employee refusing to comply Ensure proper transportation of personnel between' the designated parking area and the construction site. SPACE SCIENCES ACCESSIBLE ENTRY CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS E. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor's direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. 1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner's discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perfonn required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner's Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. 1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. SPACE SCIENCES WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis -of -design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. SPACE SCIENCES WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. 1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. A. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. 3. All work is to be conducted in such a manner as to cause a minimum degree of interference with the Campus' operation and academic schedule. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided "FOR INFORMATION ONLY". The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. SPACE SCIENCES WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York 1.9 STAND DOWN DATES A. WORK RESTRICTIONS Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor's management and supervision following dates and hours is required. 1. Stand -Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site): a. Commencement Weekend • Saturday, May 28, 2016 ■ Sunday, May 29, 2016 b. Reunion Weekend ■ Saturday, June 11, 2016 • Sunday, June 12, 2016 of the 2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as usual): Friday, May 27, 2016 Thursday, Friday June 9-10, 2016 Friday, June 10, 2016 Friday, May 27, 2016 1.10 WORKING HOURS Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no demo or utility work inside fence Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday -Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours — Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** SPACE SCIENCES ACCESSIBLE ENTRY WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor's control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor's preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 25 00-1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS — APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words "similar and equal to", or "or equal", "equivalent" and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word "products" shall be deemed to include the words "articles", "materials", "items", "equipment" and "methods". Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words "similar and equal to" shall be deemed inserted. 2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" or that include the phrase "provide one of the following", and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS b. Non -restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "provide products by one of the following", and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and do not include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 25 00-5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Foim as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Request for Substitution" folln in eBuilder. A request for substitution of a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution (1) is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; (2) will not entail changes in detail and construction of Other Work; (3) will be acceptable to the Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and (4) will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: - Product description. - Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-6 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-7 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** SPACE SCIENCES SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-8 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 0131 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre -construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids 10. Temporary utilities SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT MEETINGS 0131 19-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Contractor's Project Site Specific Plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Commissioning Agent, as appropriate to agenda 6. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 7. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 8. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 10. Coordination of schedules 11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Building Commissioning 14. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 15. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 16. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING(S) A. The Contractor to hold pre -installation meeting(s) where required by individual specification sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub -consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would include review of key submittals, RFI's, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting. B. Submit a list of pre -installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT MEETINGS 0131 19-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT SECTION 0131 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner's electronic Project Management (e -PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions Article 9 — Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project -specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e -PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e -PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system's use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor's proposal C. The Contractor shall provide on-site his or her own personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor and his/her staff to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: 1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability SPACE SCIENCES ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY (ePM) SYSTEM April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI's, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre - construction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory — Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI's will be submitted using the ePM Website System. Attachments to RFI's (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. SPACE SCIENCES ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY (ePM) SYSTEM April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non -Conforming Work 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change Management — Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e -PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) — The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. Q. Budget and Cost Management — Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. SPACE SCIENCES ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 0131 50-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY (ePM) SYSTEM April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** SPACE SCIENCES ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 01 31 50-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY (ePM) SYSTEM April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 0132 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub -schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the foi o of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site clearing b. Site utilities SPACE SCIENCES CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE c. Foundation work d. Structural framing e. Subcontractor work f. Equipment installations g. Finishes h. Pre -Installation meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn -around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes SPACE SCIENCES CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 16*** SPACE SCIENCES CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SECTION 0132 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week. 3. Submit image files within five (5) days of taking photographs. 4. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view. B. Closeout Submittals 1. Record Photograph Submittal Format: Compile all photographs taken throughout the work and submit in CD format. Submit one CD to Architect and one CD to Owner. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. SPACE SCIENCES PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed -prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 0132 33*** SPACE SCIENCES PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. LEED Submittals 3. Product Data 4. Samples 5. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 6. Coordination Drawings 7. Certification of Asbestos free products B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non- electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. The Submittal Schedule shall include the following information: 1. Title 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers 3. Subsection SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock -Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal 6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable 7. Corresponding activity or event number on the Contractor's Construction Schedule 8. Date due from Subcontractor 9. Date due to be submitted for review 10. Date due for submittal review to be completed 11. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor 12. Date for material or product delivery to project 13. Priority. Low, normal or high 14. Schedule dates for resubmittal of disapproved submittals B. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect's Duties below. C. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor's preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 32 16. D. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a "Record Document". 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through infoi'nation that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 8. Submittals: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a "Record Document". 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. 4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect's selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 6. Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect's review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically via the electronic project management. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer's instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer's field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer's field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer's standards or instructions. F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as "Record Document". SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-5 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. 4. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-6 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work. 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. 9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire -rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers. 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead -mounted equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully -dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-7 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire - protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance. 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un -scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. 20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign -Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor's responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work. D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-8 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Contractor's approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor's failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color -related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-9 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York L. Certify that only asbestos Section 01 35 39 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect's review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor's sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 33 00-10 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 5. Include the following information on submittal documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for the Architect's stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 6. Identification of revisions on re -submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Commissioning Agent in electronic format. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. Provide document in PDF format. B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal. C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (hard and electronic format) for the O&M Manual. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-11 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. 3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. "Rejected (REJ)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 5. "On Hold (ONH)" is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit. 6. "Not Reviewed (NRV)" is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them 7. "For Record Only (FRO)": Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-12 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action. D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** SPACE SCIENCES SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-13 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY SECTION 0135 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template below to develop their Project's PSSP. 1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples demonstrate Cornell University's expectations for providing detailed site specific information, controls and requirements. 2. Project Site Specific Plan's that inadequately address site specific operations will be returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay of project and/or denial of the payment. 3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e -Builder for review and comment. B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner's Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or milestone. 1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn -around shall coordinate their submittal with the Owner's Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall's Office and Contract College's Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable. SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP's are adequate per their scope of work. D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project's PSSP is accurately maintained throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements not previously addressed by the Contractor's original PSSP. E. Definitions: 1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply. 2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): • The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code). • The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building Code -§202.2). 3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell University's Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu 4. SME: The University's subject matter expert. 1.3 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form "Exhibit AC" stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor's information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Removal and disposal of asbestos containing material shall be performed by the Owner under separate contract. SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 0135 29-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.4 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor's means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978. Space Sciences was constructed in 1967. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 "Lead in Construction Standards". This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.5 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.6 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 COELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01"35 29 Ithaca, New York GENE' . HEALTH & SAFETY CONTRACTOR' C ASBESTOS 'fait C CONTRACT BOK OQ, ISA. DATE OF ISSUA Cornell University. Environmental Health and Safety PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP General Health & Safety, Section 01 35 29 requires contractors to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should address site specific controls, information and or requirements as it relates to the contractor's scope of Contractor Company Project Name Project Address Mobilization Date Project Hours Contract Value Project Description/Scope of Contract: work. Project Manager Form HS9_CN_IMP Effective: Maintain for duration of project. Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder. Maintain on project's site. Construction Manager Safety Manager Please list project's subcontractors below or if subcontractors have not been awarded, include subcontractor packages. E.g. Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Concrete, Steel Erection, etc. Subcontractor(s) Name (Responsible On -Site Person(s)) Phone Email Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here) Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here) Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here) Ili ioa . CI.' F';w (L.I R' 11tG`Y tP,ti G. t', R ! .9'l at IXti f t opp I. i i ;ocF,d k. ao' f,lr I 'focieral agencios shall apply to Ilie work 6I tkis. roman Form HS9_CN_IMP Effective: Maintain for duration of project. Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder. Maintain on project's site. Cornell University Environmental Health and Safety PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP The following table indicates those activities that may require a SEPARATE plan, in addition to the PSSP. Please indicate whether these activities are applicable to your project, keeping EHS abreast of upcoming project activities. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT SME: IPP Asbestos Project Coordinator MOBILE CRANE(s) ACTIVITIES SME: OHSIP The Crane Plan should include a minimum of the following; • A detailed description and an aerial diagram of the crane's scope of work. • The Date of Crane Activities, Contractor(s) performing crane activities, Manufacture/Model of Crane, Contractor's Assembly/Disassembly Director, Assembly/Disassembly Area, Crane Pad Location(s), Boom's Swing Radius, Load's Path of Travel, Occupant Control Measures, Pedestrian Control Measures, Traffic Control Measures, schedule of items to be hoisted, their weight and any other critical information specific to the crane activities. • Multiple crane site scenarios shall be explicitly addressed in the plan. • Provide a copy of the Contracted Crane Operators NYS Crane Operators License. • Provide a copy of the Contractors' Qualified Rigging and Signal Person training certificates. All plan(s) should be submitted a minimum of 10 days prior to the Crane's anticipated arrival date. EXCAVATION(s) GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 20 FEET IN DEPTH SME: OHSIP A Deep Excavation Plan should include a minimum of the following; • How will the Cornell community be protected from the excavation(s), excavating equipment and haul truck activities, if applicable • Excavation(s) location, depth, soil classification and on site competent person • Contractor's Engineered Protective System (description, diagram(s) and or drawing(s); o Means and method shall be compliant with OSHA's 1926 Subpart P Excavations Excavation(s) less than 20 feet in depth are to be addressed in the contractor's PSSP, if applicable. LEAD WORK PLAN SME: OHSIP The Lead Work Plan should include a minimum of the following; • How the contractor will meet the requirements of OSHA 1926.62 "Lead in Construction Standards". • How the contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on their selection of means and methods. INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF ROADWAY(s) AND OR PARKING LOT(s) SME: IPP Transportation Services, University Fire Marshall and OHSIP The Temporary Traffic Control. Plan should include a minimum of the following; * An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's traffic control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes, NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of Transportations and ADA regulations. *All impairments to Emergency Vehicle Access Lanes must be reviewed by the University Fire Marshall's Office. tri t� cis4irrit (o Ow recni re roans or I SSP. all laws and rcy.tligi :ris by applicable 10(741 I. StaI.. DM federal ,igencie Intl I ar}r!y to lite 'Neils art 8Isis contract. Form HS9_CN_IMP Effective: Maintain for duration oi'project. Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder. Maintain on project's site. Cornell University Environmental Health and Safety PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP STRUCTURAL DEMOLITION SME: OHSIP Demolition Plan to Include a minimum of; • Provide an aerial diagram, description of plan, engineered drawings and how the contractor will provide protection of persons passing by Demolition Activities. • Dust Control Procedures throughout demolition *Non-structural demolition is to be addressed in PSSP, if applicable. INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF SIDEWALK(s) OR OTHER PEDESTRIAN THOROUGHFARES SME for Sidewalks: IPP Transportation Services, University Fire Marshall and OHSIP The Temporary Pedestrian Control Plan should include a minimum of; • An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's pedestrian control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes, NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of Transportations and ADA regulations. All impairments to Emergency Vehicle Access Lanes must be reviewed by the University Fire Marshall's Office. INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF A BUILDING'S PATH(s) OF EGRESS AND OR HALLWAY(s) Buildings and Sidewalks: Codes Enforcement Official SME for Buildings: University Fire Marshall The Temporary Building Egress Control Plan should include a minimum of; • A floor plan or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's pedestrian control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes, NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of Transportations and ADA regulations. Pha one Scope/Description Contact Information Phone v Email Address On Ithaca Campus; University Police Dept. and Emergency Services 911 or 607-255-1111 *See Note I Below NA 117 Statler Street G2 Barton Hall Ithaca, NY 14853 *Note I: Phones outside of the 607 area code will receive the quickest emergency response if dispatch is dialled directly at 607-255-1111. Off Ithaca Campus; Local Police Dept. and Emergency Services Occupational Medical Facility *See Note 2 below *Note 2: Attach Occupational Medical Facility location and directions (including maps) for contractor personnel's quick reference. Additional Emergency Contacts Additional Emergency Contacts tit <t.lii it!(Il seats (rl l.° S.P. 2tll !.ilt'S t1Ct({ Y" _ta t:tf ;t)ti';: f tii :ig)ttI yto the'i ork. trI' t!At': cuntraut. Form HS9_CN_IMP Effective: Maintain for duration of project. Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder. Maintain on project's site. Cornell University Environmental Health and Safety PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) 11S9 CN TMP Muster Area: Insert procedures to follow in the event of an evacuation or emergency Lightening/Severe Weather: Insert procedures to follow in the event of lightening or severe weather. Fire Emergency: Insert procedures to follow in the event of a fire emergency. Insert Additional Emergency Procedure Insert Additional Emergency Procedure Insert procedures to follow in the event of... Insert procedures to follow in the event of... The University Fire Marshall provides guidance, for emergency planning on the University's EHS website at https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/fps/Fre-safety-plans/Paties/default.aspx • (Insert site specific requirement here) • (Insert site specific requirement here) • (Insert site specific requirement here) • (Insert site specific requirement here) • (Insert site specific requirement here) • E.g. Employees, Subcontractors and Visitors are required to complete Site Orientation prior to their first day's work on the project site. • E.g. 15kV overhead power lines run parallel to Cornell Street. Self-propelled mobile equipment and all other construction activities must maintain a minimum clearance distance of 10 feet at all times. How will the Contractor provide protection of persons passing by Construction, Demolition or Excavations (Please include a diagram or detailed description of the intended means and methods to protect the Cornell Community from Contract Project hazards throughout the duration of the Contract Project. E.g. 6ft. Fence, Temporary Wall Partitions, Barrier Walls, Snow Fence, Sidewalk Shed, Guardrail, Signage and/or other equally effective means.) insert description and diagram he or attach at end of PSSP) idi }C,{C'�4iCCk'ti 1c11�t„; i'c`it kl.Y CiYtc` t (n E, u' t�YCi tYV F.ItJt/t1t;� Q7aL f,a#. `,k�, 1<7 ii'. kFt�t fC"�iiG' 2 "t� it iC`R1C A4"G FI7:!�1 pply L'Y 1:;1C "t L1YK of this Form HS9_CN_IMP Effective: Maintain for duration of project. Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder. Maintain on project's site. SPECIFIC PL Project Name/Phase: Completed by: Date: Z • ' N CONTROL METHOD(S) Instructions: List the control methods (e.g. substitution, engineering, administrative, PPE) required to ELIMINATE, ISOLATE or MINIMISE each SIGNIFICANT hazard. 0 0 0 00 0 0 8... 00 Minimum Project Site Training Requirements: POTENTIAL L SIGNIFICANT IIAZ ' I Instructions: List the potential SIGNIFICANT hazards beside each step. Focus on what can cause harm and what can go wrong. 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 Minimum Project Site PPE Required: SEQUENCE OF TASKS Instructions: List the basic steps required to complete the project's scope of work. Align basic steps in chronological order; <444 c w 0 „, N U w N U P O 3 � w C a a 0 E 1) 0 U <44 O P-� for duration of proj tain for duration of projec a. z xw ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYOS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Jebsite: www.delta-eas.com April 27, 2016 Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Asbestos Project Coordinator Cornell University Maintenance Management 116 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853-3701 Re: Space Sciences (2084) Accessibility Entry Project Asbestos Bulk Sampling Bulk Sample Report Cornell Work Order No. 8909102 Delta Project No.: 2016.078.038 Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Enclosed, please find the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form, the associated Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets, and the Sample Location Drawing, for the bulk sampling performed by Delta Certified Inspector Thomas Ferro at the Space Sciences Building located on the Cornell University Campus in Ithaca, N.Y. - The sampling was performed on April 21St, 2016 and addressed suspect building materials with the potential to be impacted by the upcoming Space Sciences Accessibility Entry Project. Based on a visual inspection of the areas, a review of 50% Project Drawing Set (dated March 18, 2016) and a review of existing bulk sample information for the building, a total of twelve (12) bulk samples were collected representing six (6) separate homogenous materials. All twelve (12) samples collected were "Non -friable organically bound" (NOB's) and results for all were reported as "No Asbestos Detected". Several other suspect materials were observed to be present but not sampled as they were addressed through previous Delta sampling efforts. Non -Suspect materials were also observed. These included the following Materials: Non -Suspect Fiberglass Door Core from interior Basement Entry BOOCA Door System Non -Suspect Foam Door Core from exterior Basement Entry BOOCA Door System Non -Suspect Brick/CMU Wall Systems Non -Suspect stone flooring 1' x 1' textured splined ceiling tile at Main Entry 100CC Ceiling Non -Asbestos 2' x 2' ceiling tile at Basement Entry BOOCA Ceiling — Non -Asbestos Frame Caulk from Main Entry 100CC/100CA interior Door Frame System — Asbestos Containing The Main Entry 100CC/100CA asbestos containing interior door system frame caulk is applied on both sides of the frame along the side frame -to -wall joints and top frame -to -ceiling joints. The total quantity of this Asbestos Containing Frame caulk is approximately 5 square feet, based on 60 linear feet at an average 1" bead width. Bulk sample analysis was performed by AmeriSci New York, Inc., an independent laboratory approved/ accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). Analysis of all Non -Friable Organically Bound (NOB) materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.6 Methodologies. If the PLM results were reported as "non -asbestos", the samples were then analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.4 DELTA ENGINEERS, CEBTECTS, & LAND S YORS, S, P.C. wqr Page 2 of Methodology. "Positive Stop" sample analysis protocol was utilized for a given homogenous material set with multiple samples and based on this; all 12 of the samples collected were analyzed. Please reference the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form for sample particulars and details. If you have any questions or require any other information, please feel free to contact me at your convenience. Respectfully, DELTAENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, AND SURVEYORS, P.C.. Stephen Prislupsky Director of Environmental Services Att: Project Paper Work e are a seamless extension of our clients' organization Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form 0 r z a d a NI a) rr d 0 0 N a) 0. E A 4- 0 a) .0 E z N r z a z a z a z a z a z a z a z a z a a z z a a Z a a z a a a z z a z a z a a z a z a z a z a z z 0 U) 0 0 U) U) 0 t/) 0 W 0 N 0 N 0 0 0 0 to N 0) O 0) co z a) 0 0 O 'i 0 0. Ci O a 0 O" as U 0 O m L 0 0 a -a) C 0 0 70 a) C 0) C (D O <t) E- O O (N X (N r a) O 2 a 0 U a rn J co 0 E O Q s 0) J a) C 0 EU O Uo N --- c C N O U' a O Q a U N E O m Y Ua) a L r 0 a) o W 0 a C 0 70 00 m U ( 0 a 0 Lr O L oao W O 00 00 U 0 L O a C O 0 0 UO 0 0) C 0 • o O a U) m m U) U) N CO 1.0 O (0 O a)" C a C 0 W N 0 0 0 0 co 0 CO 0 m 0 m 0 co 0 O O CO M O co N 0 U a) 0 C a) `0 (ll 0 0> cv 0 C06 O E W coC — SZ O C co a) 0 0 U<C4 0 CO A) N 0 G a .0 i DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, .,_ SUR 4 YO S, P.C. Page 4 of 1 Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets AMERI SCI Delta Engineers Attn: Stephen Prislupsky 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Date Received 04/25/16 AmeriSci Job # 216043882 Date Examined 04/25/16 P.O. # ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 3 RE: 2016.078.038; Cornell University; Space Science Main Entry / Basement Entry Renovations Asbestos Bulk Sampling, Client Project No.: 8909102 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.038-01A 216043882-01 No NAD 01 Location: Bsmt. - Window Glazing, Interior Doors, BOOCA (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 6 % 2016.078.038-01B 216043882-02 No 01 Location: Bsmt. - Window Glazing, Interior Doors, BOOCA Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 5.9 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-02A 216043882-03 No 02 Location: Bsmt. - Light Grey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile, BOOCA Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 3.2 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-02B 216043882-04 No 02 Location: Bsmt. - Light Grey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile, BOOCA Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 3.8 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-03A 216043882-05 03 Location: Bsmt. - Mastic From HA 02A Analyst Description: Tan, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 27.5 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216043882 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.038; Cornell University; Space Science Main Entry / Basement Entry Renovations Asbestos Bulk Sampling, Client Project No.: 8909102 Page 2 of 3 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.038-03B 216043882-06 03 Location: Bsmt. - Mastic From HA 02B Analyst Description: Tan, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 16.6 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-04A 216043882-07 No 04 Location: 1st Floor - Glazing Compound, Side Lights, Automatic Doors, 100CC Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 6.9 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-04B 216043882-08 No 04 Location: 1st Floor - Glazing Compound, Side Lights, Automatic Doors, 100CC Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 8.1 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-05A 216043882-09 No 05 Location: 1st Floor- Exterior Dark Brown Frame Caulk, Automatic Doors, 100CC Analyst Description: Brown, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 6.8 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-05B 216043882-10 No 05 Location: 1st Floor - Exterior Dark Brown Frame Caulk, Automatic Doors, 100CC Analyst Description: Brown, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 3.7 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 2016.078.038-06A 216043882-11 No 06 Location: 1st Floor- Glazing Compound, Side Lights, Interior Doors, 100CC Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 0.8 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216043882 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.038; Cornell University; Space Science Main Entry / Basement Entry Renovations Asbestos Bulk Sampling, Client Project No.: 8909102 Page 3 of 3 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.038-06B 216043882-12 No NAD 06 Location: 1st Floor - Glazing Compound, Side Lights, Interior Doors, 100CC (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 04/25/16 Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 1.3 % Reporting Notes: Analyzed by: John P. Koubiadis *NAD/NSD =no asbestos detected* =not analyzed; NAPS=ndf analyzed/positive stop; PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP 200546-0), E P PLM Method 198.1 for NY friable samples, which includes the identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples or EPA 400 pt ct by EPA 600/M4-82-020 (NY ELAP Lab 11480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM is currently the only method that car be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,8/1/94) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except in full without the approval of the lab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA-LAP, LLC Lab ID 102843, RI Cert AAL -094, CT Cert PH -0186, Mass Cert AA000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT AmeriSci Job #: N >` a O 0 N— «2 O 00 000000000 CD Q F Z Z Z Z Z Z z Z Z Z Z Z CO N Q a o o) 0 0) co Client Name: Delta Engineers 0 Z T 1.5 a co o N oo O a a O a O a a a O a a CL n2 ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Q ¢ Q 0_,z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z N Q d U i O) c .a E (o U) Y 7 CO 111 �O O o o Q m 72:0 u? d UI 3 .1y C co O) N d O) r 00 t" 00 M a/ Q H Q O) co O M c N cP co c0 d M O .- C CO C O G .y O Z _ (a O c ace p .fl t 'C N M co u) O) 00 n W P WI C /8 Q1 n n O CO M Oi ,‘1. O) O) tD W O OI M M n n N CO N N N N O 1— N E C E <a) Y N L� A 'C OD CO O) N. CO N. CO W o U • to U e- Y�. 0) N st co co ri co Oi ri V ri V cd 0 O] 0 O p c X co u) v v CO CO U o o coo n W gyp` 0 o U C E • 2 ° $ • o o d m= o) co oo O • o U To• - pC m U E m 'Voo o CV co CO 'i3°� d 0 o md m d o O co d Ed Ed°O ) N E e- O ON N ✓ d S d o O 0 > >:: c N p o• U �_ U Q • ¢ • Y oi Y c co m ca ~ ~ w 3 N. O LL 0 CN LL • CO CO Tr:I • a '- I) • U to No J _ • OQQNO• O O o • o • o Eo E e a :4 ` O O x x O) 0 LL LL (1) > N U r ¢ m C G 3 C c c • c oN No 0 • E ¢ • m 8 m m c N ('4 M ¢ m ¢ q� QqE QpE (fin i� (°• ccn� i� (moo E C E ��) m co co M M E M E ab U cu (3 Ob O cb 8;(5 O Ip O 0 0 5 d ` O U • O E O 40 0 c • 0 0 O O O O �+ C ul co • aD d d d LL ao u d co ' d 'o ao 'c Cd o n. O t- OF- U r-t� +- O n O n' n d o 6) N 00 _m o c w c d rn CO rn co cNo m ro cd " cod C7 m W us W 0 (Y% V O O O -1 O J O O O O O �- O O N . N N N . N N N g N g N $ N N g co0. m m m m m r ,c2 to uo C.; N 9t na c Rba agq agRa (gqq5 �q{p� E O O O 0 .j C) J O1 J d J t0 O 2016.078.038-06B C) 0 See Reporting notes on last page N O N o� 0 aymi O163 0) co 0 .o N go) CL H2 m J _aa U of C Q E f0 U) CO C y0 0 0 Q) .+ 2 CD ca A re < mQ a) co C Z c .> = C ac 9 Q C w a o co o Aa a, Y U) tQ m m e to' t3 o C =mom (0 0 to .a-3 E N .. E E m a� R•m E N -92f 9 U o. a, > C a) E 0 M oriO 0 cci0 N •7.5 co `m E m ) AmeriSci Job #: 216043882 Client Name: Delta Engineers Client Sample# II (.j No g}-c� oa NJF-^� O ii a Q a) G) N N = > a C 6 E `u 0 < co 2 cc C N coo N m II d � N Z z .0 N p!& -0J 3 m5D $ z @z°w R 8>_u0 E co Q o c > u) N rn=z> m CO �Z Q. c o m g ° cco E W 0) O d C GN) O C °O f0 8 'O d N ac) o n E N N CD 0 N Z N 'O C) 0) t6 p N N C C y gs g)w amro ° m m m > 0 0 c o j z II N Y �O Q N N C Z • Q Q h m od i)iw O 2 m y 5 N "-ECC NE ma) Q '." cn 'L > w T O ce°>0o Ca) Z •o N 04 �° t pH 15 N O. V ° CO 'a'Nrn>E y° 12 o a 0 c � �g -5- 230 0 c 2 W v 16 V o 0go> cai 111 c0 CO $$ E r'° 8 13 V O N$ p 0 N.o m o EO wTo v)Z �->", >ron °.D T 0> N N `y V N — J >> "c3; g Q. .5- ~3 > -5 V' LL `;--CO c l- O N a aEic� c ° ca otn°rnF 4v Yto0aa. E as N G) r @a OQ�W= n -v .ti Z c 0 2 € m -8,1:;."5 m ° ami 4 } N o C0 M N N- 0 co a, LL O O coo N O CO Tllh O C0 n co } z a) C C w Co O c N O. O O _ O co CD ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS ineers.com C COW a, a, ai = N CO' O CV N 4.0 R a 2016.078.038 Z U a) .O a S 0 0) 0 C) CO Z a, O a. C U Collected By: Thomas P. Ferro C a, E 0 U C U co 22 7 m N 0 Co N C 0 co O 0 C 0 E co U) Description / Sample Location Window Glazing, Interior Doors,BOOCA Window Glazing, Interior Doors,BOOCA Light Grey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile, BOOCA Light Grey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile, BOOCA Mastic from HA 02A Mastic from HA 02B Glazing Compond,Side Lights, Automatic Doors,100CC Glazing Compond,Side Lights, Automatic Doors,100CC Exterior Dark Brown Frame Caulk,Automatic Doors,100CC ° LL ME CD E co co co ME W ME W P P P Material Condition U Intact Intact Intact Intact U B � C U B [US C Material Type Misc. Misc. co Misc. cad Misc. Misc. 2016.078.038 -1 05A Misc. Sample Number Q O m O N O m O M O m O ' co co O CD N. O CO 0 N 1 2016.078.038 -I 2016.078.038 - 2016.078.038 - 2016.078.038 - 2016.078.038 - 2016.078.038 - 2016.078.038 - a 5 w } Z CQ C co rt0) w z .0 a) • a, CO 0 O C co a) N NYS ELAP 198.4 TEM a) • ineers.com • • C m • • 0 Z CO O N N M t O (L co 0 C N y- 0 a) O) a N CD tor) Irma C•1 Cs1 (NI Cr) LI; co 0 0 E "t3 C 2 C I. - I— 2016.078.038 ('1 0 10)0 0) co Z 44 a a co 0 5 Thomas P. Ferro 0 a 0 0 0 Description / Sample Location Exterior Dark Brown Frame Caulk, Automatic Doors.100CC Glazing Compound, Side Lights, Interior Doors. 100CC I 2016.078.038 06B I Misc. Intact 1 _Glazing Compound, Side Lights, Interior Doors, 100CC 16 ' u.. Material Condition Intact Is CUC Material Type Misc. Misc. Sample Number • co < inc0 00 2016.078.038 - 2016.078.038 - e a seamless extension of our i Bentsorganizatio u3 Amps " t{ S U ti u3 g ssaooy saoueioS aoedS a DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCH DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 7 of 11 HA01 — Window Glazing Compound, Basement Entry BOOCA Interior Doors — Non -Asbestos HA02 — Light Grey Mottled 12" x 12" Floor Tile, Basement Entry BOOCA - Non -Asbestos "We are a seamless extension o our clients' organizations" DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 8 of 11 HA 03 — Mastic from HA02 Floor Tile, Basement Entry BOOCA - Non -Asbestos HA04 — Glazing Compound from Main Entry 100CC Side Lights @ Automatic Doors — Non -Asbestos "We are a seamless extension of our clients' organizations" DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 9 of 11 HA05 — Exterior Dark Brown Door Frame Caulk from Main Entry 100CC — Non -Asbestos HA06 — Glazing Compound, Main Entry 100CC Side Lights, Interior Doors — Non -Asbestos We are a seamless extension 0 clients' organizations" DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 10 of 11 Exterior Doors, BOOCA, Core Material, Non -Suspect Foam Panels Interior Doors, BOOCA, Core Material, Non -Suspect Fiberglass We are a seamless tension ofour clients' organizations DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, Si_ LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 11 of 11 Previously Sampled Caulk from Interior Double Door Frame, 1000C/100CA - Asbestos Containing "We are a seamless extension of our clients' organizations" PCB Caulk Sampling Report Performed for the: Space Sciences (2084) Accessibility Entry Project 122 Sciences Drive Cornell University Ithaca, New York Campus Prepared for: Dale Houseknecht, Asbestos Project Coordinator Cornell University Maintenance Management 116 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853-3701 Prepared by: DELTA ENGINE RS, ARCHITECTS. E. LAND SU(W&YO S 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Phone: 607-231-6600 Fax: 607-231-6640 Delta Project No. 2015.030.303 Cornell Work Order No. 8909102 Field work performed by: Thomas Ferro, April 21, 2016 Report prepared by: Thomas Ferro Report reviewed by: Stephen Prislupsky DELTA ARC ITEM'S, , LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.deltaengineers.com EXECUTIVE SUMMARY. On April 21st, Delta Engineers, Architects & Land Surveyors Representative Thomas Ferro was on-site to perform bulk sampling of various caulks present in the affected Space Sciences Accessibility Entry Project Renovation Areas. This sampling was performed to determine the presence of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB's) in the various caulks present in the affected renovation areas in support of the upcoming Project. Two (2) samples were collected of various caulks and submitted to York Analytical Laboratories, Inc. for analysis utilizing Method SW846-3550B/8082. Caulk sample details and results are as follows: Sample No. Description 2016.078.038 -PCB -01 1st Floor Entry Interior Door System Frame Caulk 2016.078.038 -PCB -02 1st Floor Entry Exterior Door System Frame Caulk Results 2.72 mg/kg (ppm) None Detected EPA regulations, consider solid materials with concentrations under 50 ppm (or 50 mg/kg) to be a Non -PCB Product. It should be noted that EPA protocol requires the total or cumulative PCB content for each sample (i.e. the total PCB count for all tested matrices) be used in determining the regulated level (i.e. "non -PCB", `PCB -contaminated" or "PCB"). The Analytical Report fro York Analytical Laboratories, lnc. is included in Appendix A. ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, LAND S VEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607:231.6600 Fax, 607.231.6650 :deltaengineers.com Technics Report prepared for: Delta Engineers 860 Hooper Road Endwell NY, 13760 Attention: Stephen Prislupsky Report Date: 04/29/2016 Client Project ID: 2016.078.038 Cornell University Space Sciences York Project (SDG) No 16D0917 CT Cert. No. PH -0723 New Jersey Cert. No. CT -005 0 RESEARCH DRIVE STRATF©RD, CT 06615 few York Cert. No. 10854 PA Cert. No. 68-04440 {203)325-137`1 F {203)357-0166 Page 1 of 6 Report Date: 04/29/2016 Client Project ID: 2016.078.038 - Cornell University Space Sciences York Project (SDG) No.: 16D0917 Delta Engineers 860 Hooper Road Endwell NY, 13760 Attention: Stephen Prislupsky Purpose and Results This report contains the analytical data for the sample(s) identified on the attached chain -of -custody received in our laboratory on April 25, 2016 and listed below. The project was identified as your project: 2016.078.038 - Cornell University Space Sciences. The analyses were conducted utilizing appropriate EPA, Standard Methods, and ASTM methods as detailed in the data summary tables. All samples were received in proper condition meeting the customary acceptance requirements for environmental samples except those indicated under the Notes section of this report. All analyses met the method and laboratory standard operating procedure requirements except as indicated by any data flags, the meaning of which are explained in the attachment to this report, and case narrative if applicable. The results of the analyses, which are all reported on dry weight basis (soils) unless otherwise noted, are detailed in the following pages. Please contact Client Services at 203.325.1371 with any questions regarding this report. York Sample ID Client Sample ID Matrix Date Collected Date Received 16D0917-01 -PCB] Caulk from 1st Floor interior entry Door S Caulk 04/21/2016 04/25/2016 16D0917-02 -PCB2 Caulk from 1st Floor exterior entry Door S Caulk 04/21/2016 04/25/2016 General Notes for York Project (SDG) No.: 16D0917 1. The RLs and MDLs (Reporting Limit and Method Detection Limit respectively) reported are adjusted for any dilution necessary due to the levels of target and/or non -target analytes and matrix interference. The RL(REPORTING LIMITI is based upon the lowest standard utilized for the calibration where applicable. 2. Samples are retained for a period of thirty days after submittal of report, unless other arrangements are made. 3. York's liability for the above data is limited to the dollar value paid to York for the referenced project. 4. This report shall not be reproduced without the written approval of York Analytical Laboratories, Inc. 5. All samples were received in proper condition for analysis with proper documentation, unless otherwise noted. 6. All analyses conducted met method or Laboratory SOP requirements. See the Qualifiers and/or Narrative sections for further information. 7. It is noted that no analyses reported herein were subcontracted to another laboratory, unless noted in the report. 8. This report reflects results that relate only to the samples submitted on the attached chain -of -custody form(s) received by York. Approved By: Benjamin Gulizia Laboratory Director Date: 04/29/2016 Page 2 of 6 Sample Client Sample ID: 20 6.078.038 -PCB Caulk from 1st Floor interior e York Projcct (SDG) No. Client Project ID formation y Door Systei 16D0917 2016:078.038 = Cornell University Space Sciences Frame Matrix Caulk York Sa e ID: 1600917-01 Date Received m 04/25/2016 Collection' Date/Time April 21, 2016 3:00 p Polychlorinated Biphenvls (PCB) Sample Prepared by Method: EPA 3550C ".. CAS No. Parameter Log -in Notes: Reported to Result Flag Units LOD/MDL LOQ Dilution Reference Method Prepared Analyzed Analyst Sample Notes: Date/Time Date/Time 12674-11-2 Aroclor 1016 1104-28-2 Aroclor 1221 ND mg/kg 0.769 0.769 ND "mg/kg 0.769 ....0.769 41-16-5 Aroclor 1232 - ' ND mg/kg .0.769 0.769 53469-21-9 Aroclor 1242 " ND mg/kg 0.769 :'0.769 12672-29-6 Aroclor 1248 ND mg/kg 0.769 :0.769 11097-69-I 11096-82-5 Aroclor 1254 2.72 mg/kg 0.769 0.769 Aroclor 1260 ND yr`kg 0:769 0.769 1336-36-3 * Total PCBs " " 2.72. mg/kg 0 769 .:0369 877-09-8 2051-24-3 Surrogate Recoveries Result Acceptance Range Surrrogate. Teti'achloro-711-xylene 73.0 % 30-140 Surrogate: Decachlorobiphenyl 72.5 % 30-140 Sample Information Client Sample ID: 2016.078.038-PCB2 Caulk from 1st Floor exterior entry Door System Frame York Project (SDG) No. Client Project ID 16D0917 2016.078.038 -Cornell University Space Sciences EPA 8082A 0428/2016 09:47 04/28/2016:15:20 .AMC Certifications: .NELAC-NY10854,CTDOI3,NJDEP EPA 8082A 04/20/2016 09:47 04/28/2016:15:20 Certifications: "NELAC-NY10854,CTDOII,NIDEP EPA 8082A -' 04/20/2016 09:47 04/28/2016 15 Certifications: :NELAC-NY10854,CTDOH,NJDEP EPA 8082A 04/28/2016 09:47 04/20/2016 15:20 Certifications: - NELAC-NYI 0854,CT000,NJDEP EPA 8082A" 0428/2016 09:47 "..04/28/201615:20 Certifications' "N,LAC-NY 10854,CTDOII,NJDEP EPA 8082A 04/28/2016 09:47 04/28/201615:2 Certifications: NELAC-NY10854,CTDO0,N.IDEP EPA 8082A Certifications EPA 8082A Certifications: Matrix Caulk AMC AMC AMC AMC 0 AMC 04/28/2016 09:47 ..04/28/2016 I NELAC-NY10854,CTDOH,NJDEP 04/28/2016 09:47 04/20/2016 15:20 York Sample ID: Collection Date/Time April 21, 2016 3:00 pm 5:20 AMC ". AMC 1600917-02 Date Received 04/25/2016 Polychlorinated Biphenvls (PCB) Sample Prepared by Method: EPA 3550C CAS No. Parameter Result Flag Units Log -in Notes: Reported to DL LOQ Diluti0 Sample Notes: Reference etliod Date/Time Date/Time Prepared Analyzed Analyst 12674-11-2 Aroclor 1016 ND 04-28-2 Aroclo 221 mg/kg 1.52 1.52 mg/kg 1.52 1.52 EPA 8002A :04/28/2016 09:47 04/28/2016 15:39 AMC Certifications: NELAC-NY10854,CTDO11;NJDEP EPA 8082A 0428/201609:47 :04/20,201615:39 Certifications: NELAC-NY 10854,CTDOH,NJDEP 1141-1:6-5 Aroclor 1232 ND " mg/kg 1.52 1:52 "'I EPA 8082A Certifications: 53469-21.9 Aroclor 1242 ND rngtkg .152 -1.52 1 EPA 8082A' Certifications: 12672-29-6 Aroclor 1248 ND rig,`kg 1.52 1.52 1 EPA 8082A Certifications: 120 RESEARCH DRIVE ST TFORD, CT 06615 04/28/201609:47 04/28/2016 NELAC-NY10854,CTDOII,NJDEP 04/28/2016 09:47 0428/2016 15:39 NELAC-NY 10854,CTD01-1,NJD EP 04282016 09:47 04/2 N ELAC-NY 10854,CTDOl4NJ DE8 (203) 325-1371 FAX (203) 357-0166 Client Sample ID York Project (SDG) 16D0917 Sample Information 2016.078.038-PCB2 Caulk from 1st Floor exterior entry Door System Frame :0. Client Project ID Matrix 2016.078.038 - Cornell University Space Sciences Caulk York Sample ID: Collection Date/Time' April 21, 2016 3:00 pm 16D0917-02 Date Received 04/25/2016 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB) Sample Prepared by Method: EPA 3550C Lo -in Notes: Sample Notes: CAS No. Paramete Result Flag Units Reported to LOIYMI)L LOQ Dilution Reference 1097-69-1 Aroclor 1254 ND mgikg 1.52. 1.52 1 EPA 8082A hod Date/Time Date/Time Prepared Analyzed Analyst .04/281201609:47 04128,201615:39 AMC Certifications: "NELAC-NY 10854.CTD0I9,N,IDEP EPA 8082A , .....04128/2016"09:47 04 Certifications: NELAC-NY10054,CTDOII,NJDEP EPA 8082A 64/28/201609:47 0428/2016 15:39 Certifications: /2016 877-09-8 2051-24-3 Surrogate Recoveries Result Acceptance Range Surrogate: Totrachloro-rn-xylene 60.0 N 30-140 Surrogate. Decachlorobiphenyl 69.00, 30-140 120 RESEARCH DRIVE STRATFORE}, CT 06615 (203) X25-1371 - FAX (203) 7-0166 Page 4 of 6 ND Analyte is not certified or the state of the samples origination does not offer certification for the Analyte. NOT DETECTED -the analyte is not detected at the Reported to level (LOQ/RL or LOD/MDL) RL REPORTING LIMIT - the min m reportable value based upon the lowest poor n the analyte calibration curve. LOQ LIMIT OF QUANTITATION - the minimum concentration of a target analyte that can be reported within a specified degree of confidence. This is the lowest point in an analyse calibration curve that has been subjected to all steps of the processing/analysis and verified to meet defined criteria. This is based upon NELAC 2009 Standards and applies to all analyses. LOD MDL IMIT OF DETECTION - a verified estimate of the minimum concentration of a substance in a given matrix that an analytical process call reliably detect. This is based upon NELAC 2009 Standards and applies to all analyses conducted under the auspices of EPA SW -846. METHOD DETECTION LIMIT - a statistically derived estimate of the minimum amount of a substance an analytical system can reliably detect with a 99% confidence that the concentration of the substance is greater than zero. This is based upon 40 CFR Part 136 Appendix B and applies only to EPA 600 and 200 series methods. Reported to This indicates that the data for a particular analysis is reported to either the LOD/MDL, or thi above the LOD/MDL, any value between this and the LOQ represents an estimated value wh semi -volatile target compounds only. NR Not reported Relative Percent Difference The data has been reported on an as -received (wet Low Bias ight) basis LOQ/RL. In cases where the"Reported to" is located ch is "3" flagged accordingly. This applies to volatile and Low Bias flag indicates that the recovery of the flagged analyte is below the laboratory or regulatory lower control limit. The data user should take note that this analyte may be biased low but should evaluate multiple lines of evidence including the LCS and site-specific MS/MSD data to draw bias conclusions. In cases where no site-specific MS/MSD was requested,only the LCS data can be used to evaluate such bias. High Bias High Bias flag indicates that the recovery of the flagged analyte is above the laboratory or regulatory upper control limit. The data user should take note that this analyte may be biased high but should evaluate multiple lines of evidence including the LCS and site-specific MS/MSD data to draw bias conclusions. In cases where no site-specific MS/MSD was requested, only the LCS data can be used to evaluate such bias. Non-dir. flag (Non -Directional Bias ) indicates that the Relative Percent Difference (RPD) (a measure of precision) among the MS and MSD data is outside the laboratory or regulatory control limit. This alerts the data user where the MS and MSD are from site-specific samples that the RPD is high due to either non-homogeneous distribution of target analyte between the MS/MSD or indicates poor reproducibility for other reasons. EPA SW -846 method 8270 is included herein it noted that the target compound N-nitrosodiphenylamine (NDPA) decomposes in the gas chromatographic inlet and cannot be separated from diphenylamine (DPA). These results could actually represent 100% DPA, 100°/sNDPA or some combination of the two. For this reason, York reports the combined result for n-nitrosodiphenylamine and diphenylamine for either of these compounds as a combined concentration as Diphenylamine. If Total PCBs are detected and the target aroclors reported are"Not del and 1268 which are non -target aroclors for some regulatory lists. 2-chloroethylvinyl ether readily breaks down under acidic conditions. should take note. eted he Total PCB va ue is reported due to the presence of either or both Aroclors l262 pies that are acid preserved, including standards will exhibit breakdown. The data user Certification for pH is no longer offered by NYDOFI ELAP. Semi -Volatile and Volatile analyses arc reported down to the LOD/MDL, with values between the LOD/MD nd the LOQ "being "J" flagged as estimated results. For analyses by EPA SW -846-8270D, the Limit of Quantitation (LOQ) reported for benzidine is based upon the lowest standard used for calibration and is not a verified LOQ due to this compound's propensity for oxidative losses during extraction/concentration procedures and non -reproducible chromatographic performance. 120 RESEARCH DRIVE STRATFORD, CT 06615 203) 325-1371 FAX (203) 357-0166 Page 5 of 6 > _ § o / 7 Page 6 of 6 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner's Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials ("borrow"). 2. Contractor's Waste Material Disposal Plan. 3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials. 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 35 43-1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS B. If at any time operations under the representative's supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of soils. B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area. C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion. 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW A. Spoil 1. Dispose of excavated material which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, is unfit to be used as backfill or embankment or which is in excess of the amount required under the Contract. 2. All spoil areas shall be graded and seeded to match the surrounding area. 3. Spoil areas shall be covered and protected from erosion into adjacent storm sewers, drainage ways, land areas, or water bodies. B. Borrow Material 1. Borrow material shall be provided from a clean source. Submittals of proposed borrow material shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to delivery on-site. Submittals shall include the quantity of materials, source location and certification by the material supplier that it is free of chemicals or other foreign matter. SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 35 43-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise -muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements 1.8 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, employ alternative means to control dust. C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt -laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 35 43-3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner's site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner's Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control Procedures. 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. Obtain approval from the Owner's Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner's Representative in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary stoill, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner's Representative. 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 0135 43-4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" to the Owner's Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 43*** SPACE SCIENCES GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 35 43-5 April 27, 2016 Destination or Disposal Location 0 E-+ asn-au Waste Management oloaquo U spunoxp SHS ajgEJT AV SQSw o _Top 1 uop jiauxoD payeuzilsg o, U cn v Category Solvents Li Asbestos cu Mercury Chromium Other Toxic Metals (describe in section 4) Mold Light Bulbs Thermostats Batteries Used Oil Contaminated PPE & Materials Other (describe in section 4) No hazardous waste on ^d Estimated Quantity Transporter Facility Phone Facility Address Disposal Facility Name bA 0 U C Clean soil, Non C&D solid waste Other (describe in section IV) No non -hazardous waste will be generated ani .0 u • czs • ct r� va W 7 O Q o N 0 N 5 O O 10 c> 4••-a bo O 4-+ 0 3 0 • u ^ C7s N Q { D 0 :.'®.C) . N11 Q O - O y U O • Cn 4-1Cd C) CA Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan: The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to 6NYCRR Section 360-1.15 A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water. Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite (riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite. Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part 374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as Universal Waste Batteries. Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other locations. Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D debris, trees, stumps, yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below. Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non -asbestos insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing no hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste (including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing technique, other than that employed at a department -approved C&D debris processing facility, that renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department determines that such waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris. Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and processes construction and demolition debris by any means. Revision date: May 2010 Page I of 3 Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for disposal as regular trash. Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes: (i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete), asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily identified as C&D debris by visual observation.) (ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or control. Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of "hazardous waste" in 6 NYCRR 371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation. Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm -related cleanup such as trees, stumps, brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside. Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or 40 CFR 273.5. Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse. Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e) Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars), which when worn or superfluous can be recycled. Revision date: May 2010 Page 2 of 3 Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to pe,niit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State of New York and the government of the United States. Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something; as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions. Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation. Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. "See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279" Thermostats: Any mercury -containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4 Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal vehicle use of the roadway. Revision date: May 2010 Page 3 of 3 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL SECTION 0135 44 SPILL CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3). SPACE SCIENCES SPILL CONTROL 0135 44-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. SPACE SCIENCES SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product. g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. SPACE SCIENCES SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457- 7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING CRITERIA DESCRIPTION Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned -up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered' into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a "reportable quantity"l or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or "harmful quantities"2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. SPACE SCIENCES SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. °Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner's spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. °Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 44*** SPACE SCIENCES SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0141 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 0141 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner's meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a "Notification of Demolition and Renovation" and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner's Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca as the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration —Level 1; Alteration — Level 2; Alteration — Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. SPACE SCIENCES REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** SPACE SCIENCES REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. Building Code of New York State 2. BCNYS Referenced Codes 3. National Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101. 6. All local ordinances 7. Mechanical Code of New York State. 8. Fuel Gas Code of New York State. 9. Fire Code of New York State. 10. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. "General": Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Contract Documents": The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES C. "The Contract": The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. "The Work": The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. "Owner": Cornell University a New York corporation. F. "Architect/Engineer": The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. "Contractor": The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. I. "As Approved" or "Approved": Architect's or Owner's approval. J. "As Directed": Owner's direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." L. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. O. "Reinstall". To place back into a former position. P. "Replace". Provide a substitute for. Q. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. "Concealed': Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. "Exposed": All capital Work not identified as concealed. SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL Ithaca, New T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. AA. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. "As -Built Documents": Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. "Record Drawings": Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The "record" drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as -built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. "Shop Drawings": Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. "Samples": Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. "General Conditions": The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. "Contract Limit Lines": A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - Local #267 - Local #281 - Local #3NY Local #178 - Local #112 - Local #785 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters United Brotherhood of Carpenters - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers International Union of Painters and Allied Trades International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Laborers International Union of North America SPACE SCIENCES ACCESSIBLE ENTRY REFERENCES 01 42 00-3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfi/index.html SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES FS Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil (215) 697-6257 Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American lion and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air -Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305)113-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 0142 00-7 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES BIA Brick Industry Association (The) www.bia.org BICSI BICSI www.bicsi.org BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association www.copper.org CGA Compressed Gas Association www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association www.cellulose.org CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute www.cispi.org CLFMI www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA www.pbmdf.com Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute Composite Panel Association CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association www.cppa-info.org CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) www.carpet-rug.com CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (703) 620-0010 (800) 242-7405 (813) 979-1991 (866) 342-4772 (203) 637-1312 (800) 232-3282 (212) 251-7200 (703) 788-2700 (888) 881-2462 (937) 222-2462 (630) 584-1919 (423) 892-0137 (301) 596-2583 (301) 670-0604 (800) 510-2772 (202) 462-9607 (800) 882-8846 (706) 278-3176 (847) 517-1200 (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.finglobal.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org LEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 11 S Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-10 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute www.lightning.org (800) 488-6864 (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com (440) 250-9222 (888) 674-8937 (703) 281-6613 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-11 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nths.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nothia.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nnnca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post -Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SBI Steel Boiler Institute SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIE Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-14 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WM1VIPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association www.wmmpa.com (800) 550-7889 (530) 661-9591 SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 0142 00*** SPACE SCIENCES REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 0145 00 OUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre -Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre -installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre -installation meeting. When practical, pre- installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. SPACE SCIENCES QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii. Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv Architect's Representative v. Owner's Representative vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable vii. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they confoini to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. SPACE SCIENCES QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e -Builder to track non -conforming materials or sub -standard workmanship identified by Owner's Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 45 00*** SPACE SCIENCES QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor's option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire - prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 50 00-1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Impairments "Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7". Impairment; "the removal of fire alma' devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building." There are two different levels of impairments a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be performed. Basic Impai,iiient Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having Jurisdiction and FM Global. No fire watch will be required in most cases. b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm "system" or sprinkler "system". Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler system at the same time is not allowed. Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service. Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person's name and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 50 00-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire -protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire -safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch -cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment. B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. 2.5 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 50 00-3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Any and all supports that are of "custom" fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor's NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire -retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 50 00-4 April 27, 2016 COELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPO Y FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.7 TEMPO • ' Y ATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor 2.8 TREE. PLANT AND LAWN..,.. PROTECTION APreserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed -on roots and branches which interfere with construction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove, and to treat cuts. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details: 1.8.3 - Tree Fence Detail D. - Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas: Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking. . Do not store materials or products. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation. H. During the leafing -out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible. Trees damaged during construction should be fertilized according to standard tree maintenance practices. SPACE SCIENCES TE POY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 50 00-5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS J. If roots are cut back as a result of construction, proper pruning standards should be applied to compensate for root loss, while maintaining the natural character of the tree. 2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA -approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. 2.10 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project identification signage. 2.11 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 2.12 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 50 00-6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner's Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 50 00-7 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over -load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code. E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows: 1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal -resistant light fixtures with HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence. 2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1 foot-candle on the path of travel. F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat. G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns. H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR A. Use of Existing Elevator 1. If the Contractor elects to use the existing elevator equipment, the Contractor shall: a. Provide adequate protection for such equipment and shall operate such equipment within a capacity not to exceed that allowed by law, rule or regulation. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES b. Provide for the maintenance and cleaning of the elevator equipment as approved by the Owner's Representative. c. Prior to start of construction, accurately record the condition of the existing elevator. Promptly repair or replace items that are damaged as a result of Contractor's use. Service calls that arise as a result of Contractor misuse will be charged to the Contractor. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use. d. Use only elevators designated by Owner's Representative at dates and times designated by Owner's Representative. Dates and times available for Contractor's use shall be scheduled with, and at the convenience of, the Owner, and may vary during the course of the Project. e. Owner will not provide elevator operators or other monitoring of elevator use. f. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. g. Provide code compliant protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator maintenance contractor to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. h. Procure and coordinate the elevator maintenance contractor to gain access to the elevator shaft as required to complete the work 2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times and provide the number to the Cornell Project Manager/Construction Manager. B. Pay all costs and service charges for maintaining the cellular phone during construction. 2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services associated with such usage. SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** SPACE SCIENCES TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location shall be stored at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor's storage. C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes "no" warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road site. D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination caused by the Contractor's storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found. E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Palm Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305 West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579, Email — db@ithacaplastics.com. SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in -fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. 2. HVAC ductwork shall be protected by the Contractor as follows to prevent introduction of contaminants: SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION a. Ductwork with interior lining shall be wrapped at the factory using plastic wrap to exclude moisture and contaminants. The wrapping shall not be removed until immediately prior to installation. b. Ductwork shall not be exposed to moisture or contaminants at any point in the manufacturing, shipping, storage or installation process. c. Ductwork shall not be staged or stored outside or otherwise exposed to the weather. d. Ductwork shall be transported only inside of covered vehicles. e. Once installed, ductwork shall be protected from contamination during the construction process. 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner -provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** SPACE SCIENCES STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project. 1. Survey work required in execution of the Project. 2. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on Drawings. 3. Lay out Work from established control points and bench marks. 4. Coordinate the Work of all trades. 5. It may be necessary at times to discontinue portions of Contractor's work in order that the Owner's Representative may check measurements or surveys without interruptions or other interferences that might impair the accuracy of the results. At any time, on request of the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall discontinue its work to such extent as may be necessary for this purpose and shall cooperate in all reasonable means to the extent of providing labor, tools, or materials to assist the Owner's Representative in making measurements and surveys. 6. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to complete the works within the tolerances of lines and grades as given on the drawings. No direct payment or claim for additional compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any work or delay occasioned by the Owner's Representative establishing or checking lines or grades or making other measurements, and no extension of time will be allowed for such delays. B. Owner's Representative will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes indicated on the drawings, as required. 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR A. The Surveyor shall be a registered civil engineer or registered land surveyor, licensed in the state in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Owner. 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on drawings. B. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of the site, and preserve all reference points during construction. SPACE SCIENCES FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of the Architect and Owner. 2. Report to Owner when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed. a. Establish replacements based on original survey control. C. The Contractor shall provide and shall maintain axis lines on each floor and shall establish and shall maintain grade marks 4' 0" above the finished floor on each floor level. D. The Contractor shall furnish such stakes and other required equipment, tools and materials, and all labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work. 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to start of construction operations, review and verify figures shown on Drawings and on surveys furnished by Owner. B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means for site improvements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement, utility slopes and invert elevations, batter boards for structures, foundations, column locations and floor levels, and controlling lines and levels required for the mechanical and electrical trades. C. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods. 1.5 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses. 1. Make available to Architect and Owner on request: field books, notes, logs and other data developed in performing survey and control work. 2. Maintain a record plan at field office for the information and use of all parties, recording reference points, control points and bench marks. B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing all dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and turn over to Owner. Submit copies of certified survey in accordance with Section 01 78 39 - Record Documents. C. When all enclosing walls are complete, certify the location and plumb of the walls. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written qualifications of surveyor to Architect and Owner prior to starting survey work. B. Submit name and address of Professional Engineer to the Architect. SPACE SCIENCES FIELD ENGINEERING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 71 23-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING C. Submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work. D. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or registered surveyor certifying that elevations and improvements are in conformance, or nonconformance, with Contract Documents. 1. Indicate on record drawings all variations from Contract Drawings. 2. Indicate horizontal locations and elevations of all existing underground utilities encountered during excavation and construction. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 71 23*** SPACE SCIENCES FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not confoiniing to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner's Representative: 1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered orremoved. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner's property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load -carrying capacity for load -deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 73 29-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 73 29-3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. 2. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall infonn the Owner's Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-place or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. 2. Excavation and backfilling. SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 73 29-4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-5 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of unifonn appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-6 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition. a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof- top mounted items. D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** SPACE SCIENCES CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 73 29-7 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Substantial Completion: 1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. 2. After receipt of the Contractor's initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked -up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor's punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete. 3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor's certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** SPACE SCIENCES PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner's Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its' disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner's Representative. SPACE SCIENCES FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment • AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CWC • HWC • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm Sewer • Sump • Quality Water • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot Water Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil • VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • Water Softener • Reverse Osmosis 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** SPACE SCIENCES FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two hard (2) copies of complete manual in final form. 1. Hard Copy Format: a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files. b. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. c. Drawings: - Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. - Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. d. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, and major equipment. Provide type description of product, and major equipment. Provide indexed thumb tab. component parts of component parts of SPACE SCIENCES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 78 23-1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA e. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: Title of Project Identity of separate structure as applicable. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. f. Binders: Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 2. Electronic Copy a. The electronic version of the O&M Manual will contain all of the same content and be organized in a manner similar to the hard copy version. Electronic copies of the product data and record submittals shall be in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. b. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. c. When electronic submissions are made on electronic media such as CDs, six (6) copies of the electronic media shall be provided. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. SPACE SCIENCES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 78 23-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. SPACE SCIENCES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 78 23-3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special -manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. SPACE SCIENCES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 78 23-4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: SPACE SCIENCES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 78 23-5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. B. Submit completed data in final foiiir twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. SPACE SCIENCES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 78 23-6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** SPACE SCIENCES OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA ACCESSIBLE ENTRY 01 78 23-7 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co -execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. B. Number of original copies required: 1. Two (2) each hard copy 2. One (1) set in electronic format. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Item description. 3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. — Provides perimeter heat) 4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provide a manufacturer or installer? 5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number. 6. Scope. 7. Duration. a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. SPACE SCIENCES WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS 8. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) A. Prepare in duplicate packets. B. Format: 1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder. a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS". List: b. Title of Project c. Name of Contractor C. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) A. The electronic version of the Warranties and Bonds will contain all of the same content as the hard copy version Electronic copies shall be in pdf format B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** SPACE SCIENCES WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner's Representative and the Architect. 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record infoiination concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. SPACE SCIENCES RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS C. Survey Mapping 1. Provide an accurate topographic, planimetric, utility map of as -built conditions, and mapped locations and elevations of constructed facilities / elements including as -built and exposed underground utilities. Survey work in progress as required to accurately locate constructed facilities / elements. Survey final condition of project extents at final acceptance. a. Site related elements including: Sidewalks, ramps, curbs, and gutters - indicate type and surface material. Streets, drive ways, parking areas, labeled with material. - Fences, walls, steps, handrails, signs, site furniture and light fixtures labeled with material. Live trees which have a trunk diameter of three inches (3") or greater and all isolated or specimen trees. Measure tree trunk 3' above grade. Indicate approximate trunk diameter, "drip line" and common name of tree. Shrubs, show outlines of shrub masses. - Streams and bodies of water. b. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure including: - Manholes, catch basins, drain inlets, cleanouts, vent stacks, tanks, underdrains, foundation drains, monitoring wells, detention/retention/filtration facilities. Label type (sanitary or storm), dimensions and material of structure and cover/grate; pipe connections; sizes, materials, direction of flow and invert elevations. Locate and identify size, material, and invert elevations for culverts. Water, gas, central steam, chilled water or other pressure lines, valve boxes, meter boxes, hydrants, tanks, fittings, etc. Label type, size, material, elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Utility poles, above and below ground lines including but not limited to power, street lighting, traffic control communication and sensors, telephone, television, communication, fire and police call boxes, public communication or display facilities. Label utility as direct buried, in conduit, or concrete encased duct. Identify elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Label all utilities and associated duct banks or conduits with sizes and materials. - Existing and abandoned utilities exposed during construction. Show ends of abandoned utilities left in place and assumed continued direction of utilities. Label with information as listed above. SPACE SCIENCES RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Survey mapping shall be done under the personal supervision of a Surveyor, registered in and licensed by the State of New York, who shall certify under his/her seal the accuracy of the survey. 3. Field Survey Accuracy: Horizontal and Vertical mapping shall be ACSM Second Order Class II, 1 in 20,000. 4. Coordinate base: NAD83-86 geodetic system with grid values in the New York Central State Plane coordinate system in feet with elevations in NAVD '88 in feet. 5. Each different feature shall be drafted on a separate named CAD level/layer in Microstation or AutoCAD format using industry standard symbology of color, line style, line weight, and cells. 6. Provide an ASCII file list of coordinates for all survey points including control, feature, and topographic in the following comma delimited format: Point number, Northing coordinate, Easting coordinate, Elevation coordinate, Point description. 7. Topography and spot elevations: a. Topographic contours shall be accurately plotted at one foot (1') contour intervals. b. Record spot grade elevations as follows: Within natural ground and lawn and planted areas, spot elevations shall be shown to one-tenth of a foot (0.1'). Within all areas of built-up improvements such as pavements, curbs, steps, walls, utility and drainage systems or other site improvements, spot elevations shall be shown to one- hundredth of a foot (0.01'). ii. Existing grade at building corners; and thresholds and finished floor at all entrance, exit, or access points. iii. Develop road cross sections at 50 -foot intervals maximum, record spot elevations for all drive centerlines and all beginning radius of street intersections. For each cross section obtain elevations for front and back of existing sidewalk, top and bottom of curb, and centerline of the street. Obtain elevations for centerline intersection of all roads. iv. For trees of three inches to eighteen inches (3" - 18") in diameter, record elevation at high and low side at base of trunk. For specimen trees of eighteen inches (18") or greater diameter, indicate four (4) spot elevations on the north, south, east, and west at base of each trunk to one-hundredth (.01) foot elevation. SPACE SCIENCES RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS v. Base, top, corners, and at cheek walls for all steps. Indicate elevations at top and bottom of walls and curbs. vi. Rim elevations of all catch basins, drain inlets, manholes, valve boxes, slabs on grade. Inverts at all sewer pipes and culverts. Bottom of structure floor and sump. D. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to- day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation "per Change Order No. X", or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for producing the "As -Built" drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner's Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: I. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. Wall, door, window locations c. Built in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems d. Site related elements including: Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock -out" panels made during construction. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems SPACE SCIENCES RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i. Life safety critical items 3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) a. Products where submittals are requested b. Final locations of all equipment. c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations. g. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean -outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems. d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure SPACE SCIENCES RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-5 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS E. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner's Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39*** SPACE SCIENCES RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-6 ACCESSIBLE ENTRY April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 036200 Ithaca, New York NON -SHRINK GROUTING SECTION 036200 NON -SHRINK GROUTING PART 1— GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide high strength, non-metallic, Portland cement based non shrink grout. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation for each material and product used. Include manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 109: Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Mortars. B. ASTM C 191: Setting Time of Hydraulic Cement. C. ASTM C 827: Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures. D. ASTM C 939: Flow of Grout for Preplaced — Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method) E. ASTM C 1107: Packaged Dry, Hydraulic Cement Grout (Non -Shrink) F. ASTM C 488: Pull -Out Strength G. Army Corps of Engineers CRD — 621: Non -Shrink Grout 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: The manufacturer shall be a company with at least fifteen years experience in the manufacture pf pre-packaged cementitious repair materials. B. Installer's Qualifications: The contractor shall be qualified to perform the work specified by reason of experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in original packaging, labeled with product identification, manufacturer, batch number and shelf life. B. Store products in a dry area. Protect from direct sunlight. C. Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. High Strength, Non — Metallic, Portland Cement Based Non -Shrink Grout. Comply with the following: 1. Manufacturer: Precision Non -Shrink Grout (No. 1585-00), General Purpose Grout (No. 1585-01), as manufactured by the QUIKRETE Companies, One Securities Centre, 3490 Piedmont Road, NE, SUITE 1300, ATLANTA, GA 30305; TELEPHONE (404) 634-9100. 2. Performance and Physical Properties at 73 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity: a. Non -Shrink Grout: Precision Non -Shrink Grout Space Sciences Accessible Entry 036200 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 036200 NON -SHRINK GROUTING 1) Compliance: ASTM C 1107; CRD 621 2) Working Time, ASTM C: 25 minutes @ 50°F, 25 minutes @ 73°F, 15 MINUTES @ 90°F. 3) Compressive Strength, ASTM C: 109 Modified (a) Plastic: 3000 psi @ 24 hours, 9500 psi @ 3 days, 10,000 psi @ 7 DAYS, 14,000 psi @ 28 days. (b) Flowable: 3000 psi @ 24 hours, 9000 psi @ 3 days, 9,500 psi @ 7 DAYS, 12,500 psi @ 28 days. (c) Fluid: 2500 psi @ 24 hours, 5000 psi @ 3 days, 6000 psi @ 7 days, 8000 psi @ 28 days. 4) Height Change, ASTM C 1090: 0 — 0.2% at 1, 3, 7 and 28 days 5) Pull out Strength, ASTM C 488: 35,000 psi, 1 1/4" bolts embedded 9" deep in 3" hole in 2000 psi concrete. B. Non -Shrink Grout: General Purpose Non -Shrink Grout 1. Compliance at 73°F: ASTM C 1107 Working time at 73°F: > 10 min 2. Compressive Strength, ASTM C 109 Modified: a. Plastic: 3000 psi @ 1 day, 9000 psi @ 7 days, 10,000 psi @ 28 days. b. Flowable: 3000 psi @ 1 day, 8000 psi @ 7 days, 9,000 psi @ 28 days. c. Fluid: 2000 psi @ 1 day, 6000 psi @ 7 days, 8000 psi @ 28 days. 3. Height Change, ASTM C 1090: 0 — 0.2% at 1, 3, 7 and 28 days. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protect adjacent areas landscaping from contact due to mixing and handling of materials. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following: A. Clean surface to receive grout of all materials including dust, oil, dirt, and grease or Efflorescence. B. Dampen with clean water before patching and remove standing water. 3.03 FORMS: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following: A. Forms must be water tight, strong, properly braced, and properly coated. B. Allow a minimum clearance of 2 inches between forms and baseplate for grout entry. C. Allow a minimum grout head of 6 inches. D. Slope form on placing side to assist in grout movement and to prevent trapping air. E. Allow 1 inch horizontal clearance and 1 inch vertical clearance for height above bottom of baseplate. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 036200 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 036200 NON -SHRINK GROUTING F. Provide venting of forms to avoid entrapment of air. 3.04 MIXING: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following: A. Material should be mechanically mixed for a minimum of 5 minutes using a five gallon bucket with a 1/2 inch drill and paddle mixer. For large grouting applications a standard mortar mixer should be used. B. Add approximately 1 gallon + 3 pints of clean water for each 501b bag to achieve a fluid consistency. For a Plowable consistency add about 1 Gallon + 1 Pint. For a plastic approximately 1 Gallon is needed. Add the powder to the water and mix to a stiff gel -like consistency. Add water sparingly to reach the desired consistency. Do not exceed a flow of 20 seconds per ASTM C 939. Do not mix more material that can be placed in 15 minutes. C. Do not re -temper with additional water. 3.05 APPLICATION: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following: A. The area to be grouted should be thoroughly flushed and soaked with clean water prior to grouting. Leave no standing water. B. Place the grout quickly and continuously use light rodding or strapping to eliminate air bubbles. C. Grout temperature should be maintained from 50°F to 90°F to achieve specified results. Use cold water in hot weather or hot water in cold weather to achieve desired grout temperature. Do not use if temperature is expected to go below 32°F within a 12 hour period. 3.06 CURING A. A damp cure of at least 3 days is necessary to control the Non -Shrink characteristics and maintain strength levels. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove excess material before material cures. If material has cured, remove using mechanical methods that will not damage substrate. END OF SECTION 036200 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 036200 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING SECTION 078400 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping systems. B. Firestopping of all joints and penetrations in fire resistance rated and smoke resistant assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, and other openings indicated. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM El 19 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2015. B. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2013a. C. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems; 2007 (Reapproved 2011). D. ASTM E2307 - Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate -Scale, Multi -story Test Apparatus; 2015a. E. ASTM E2837 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Fire Resistance of Continuity Head -of -Wall Joint Systems Installed Between Rated Wall Assemblies and Nonrated Horizontal Assemblies; 2013. F. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current edition. G. FM Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Global; current edition. H. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; www.agmd.gov. I. UL 2079 - Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL (DIR) - Online Certifications Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current listings at database.ul.com. K. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration, fire rating of the penetrated assembly, and firestopping test or design number. C. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings, and limitations. D. Sustainable Design Submittal: Submit VOC content documentation for all non - preformed materials. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 078400 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. G. Installer Qualification: Submit qualification statements for installing mechanics. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled fire ratings when tested in accordance with ASTM E814. 1. Listing in the current -year classification or certification books of UL will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and: 1. Trained by the manufacturer. 2. With minimum 3 years documented experience installing work of this type. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. Install one firestopping assembly representative of each fire rating design required on project. 1. Where one design may be used for different penetrating items or in different wall constructions, install one assembly for each different combination. B. If accepted, mock-up will represent minimum standard for the Work. C. If accepted, mock-up may remain as part of the Work. Remove and replace mock-ups not accepted. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. B. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent -cured materials are being installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturers: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.; : www.adfire.com. 2. 3M Fire Protection Products; : www.3m.com/firestop. 3. Hilti, Inc.; : www.us.hilti.com. 4. Nelson FireStop Products; : www.nelsonfirestop.com. B. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. C. Firestopping Materials with Volatile Content: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. D. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required for tested assembly design. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 078400 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING 2.02 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS A. Perimeter Fire Containment Firestopping: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E2307 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the floor assembly. 1. Movement: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show movement capability as indicated. 2. Temperature Rise: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show T Rating as indicated. 3. Air Leakage: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. 4. Where floor assembly is not required to have a fire rating, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. B. Head -of -Wall Firestopping at Joints Between Non -Rated Floor and Fire -Rated Wall: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E2837 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of floor or wall, whichever is greater. 1. Movement: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show movement capability as indicated. C. Floor -to -Floor, Wall -to -Wall, and Wall -to -Floor Joints, Except Perimeter, Where Both Are Fire -Rated: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the assembly in which the joint occurs. 1. Movement: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show movement capability as indicated. 2. Air Leakage: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. 3. Watertightness: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show W Rating as indicated. 4. Listing by FM, ITS (DIR), UL (DIR), or UL (FRD) in their certification directories will be considered evidence of successful testing. D. Through Penetration Firestopping: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E814 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of penetrated assembly. 1. Temperature Rise: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show T Rating as indicated. 2. Air Leakage: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. 3. Watertightness: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show W Rating as indicated. 4. Listing by FM, ITS (DIR), UL (DIR), or UL (FRD) in their certification directories will be considered evidence of successful testing. 2.03 FIRESTOPPING FOR FLOOR -TO -FLOOR, WALL -TO -FLOOR, AND WALL-TO- WALL JOINTS A. Concrete and Concrete Masonry Walls and Floors: 1. Floor to Floor Joints: Space Sciences Accessible Entry 078400 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System FF -D-1013; Hilti CFS -SP WB Firestop Joint Spray and CP 672. 2. Concrete/Concrete Masonry Wall to Wall Joints: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System WW -D-0017; Hilti CFS -SP WB Firestop Joint Spray and CP 672. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System WW -D-0032; Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant. B. Gypsum Board Walls: 1. Wall to Wall Joints: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System WW -D-0067; Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant. 2. Top of Wall Joints at Underside of Flat Concrete: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System HW -D-1068; Hilti CFS -SP WB Firestop Joint Spray and CP 672. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY CONSTRUCTION A. Blank Openings: 1. In Floors or Walls: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -0090; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. B. Penetrations Through Floors or Walls By: 1. Multiple Penetrations in Large Openings: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -8143; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -1226; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -1425; Hilti CFS -S SIL GG Firestop Silicone Sealant Gun -Grade. 3. Uninsulated Non -Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System System C -AJ -2167; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -2109; Hilti CP 643N/644 Firestop Collar. c. 2 Hour Construction: UL System 4. Electrical Cables Not In Conduit: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System Kit for existing cables. c. 2 Hour Construction: UL System Sleeve Kit. d. 2 Hour Construction: UL System 5. Cable Trays with Electrical Cables: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System Space Sciences Accessible Entry C -BJ -2021; Hilti CP 643N Firestop Collar. C -AJ -3216; Hilti CFS -PL Firestop Plug. W -J-3198; Hilti CFS -SL RK Retrofit Sleeve W -J-3199; Hilti CFS -SL SK Firestop C -AJ -3283; Hilti CP653 Speed Sleeve. C -AJ -4094; Hilti CFS -BL Firestop Block. 078400 - 4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING 6. Insulated Pipes: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5091; Hilti FS -ONE IMAX intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5048; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant, CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant, CP 601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, CP 604 Self -Leveling Firestop Sealant or CFS - S SIL GG Firestop Silicone Sealant Gun -Grade. 7. HVAC Ducts, Uninsulated: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -7111; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. C. Penetrations Through Floors By: 1. Multiple Penetrations in Large Openings: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-8012; Hilti CFS -S SIL GG Firestop Silicone Sealant Gun -Grade or CFS -S SIL SL Firestop Silicone Sealant Self - Leveling. 2. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-1016; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. 3. Uninsulated Non -Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-2065; Hilti CP 680-P Cast -In Device. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-2213; Hilti CFS -DID Drop -In Device. c. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-2053; Hilti CP 680-P Cast -In Device. 4. Electrical Cables Not In Conduit: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-3033; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. 5. Electrical Busways: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-6002; Hilti CP 604 Self -Leveling Firestop Sealant. 6. Insulated Pipes: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-5015; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-5017; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. D. Penetrations Through Walls By: 1. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-1067; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2. Electrical Cables Not In Conduit: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -3095; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -3216; Hilti CFS -PL Firestop Plug. 3. Insulated Pipes: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5090; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 078400 - 5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5091; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. c. 1 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5090; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. d. 1 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5091; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 4. HVAC Ducts, Uninsulated: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-7109; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant or CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant. 5. HVAC Ducts, Insulated: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-7112; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2.05 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH GYPSUM BOARD WALLS A. Blank Openings: 1. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-3334; Hilti CP 653 Speed Sleeve. B. Penetrations By: 1. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-1054; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-1054; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2. Uninsulated Non -Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-2128; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-2128; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 3. Insulated Pipes: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-5028; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-5028; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 4. HVAC Ducts, Insulated: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-7156; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W -L-7156; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2.06 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. 1. Fire Ratings: Use any system that is listed by FM, ITS (DIR), or UL (FRD) and tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or ASTM E119 with F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal to F Rating and in compliance with other specified requirements. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 078400 - 6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter that could adversely affect bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials that could adversely affect bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by Owner's Independent Testing Agency. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Testing Agency: Inspection agency employed and paid by Owner, will examine penetration firestopping in accordance with ASTM E2174, "Standard Practice for On -Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops and ASTM E2393, "Standard Practice for On -Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stop Joint Systems. B. Repair or replace penetration firestopping and joints at locations where inspection results indicate firestopping or joints do not meet specified requirements. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 078400 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 078400 - 7 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Urethane joint sealants. 3. Latex joint sealants. 4. Acoustical joint sealants. 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint -sealant manufacturers all samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. Use ASTM C 1087 manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. B. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates. Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field - Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes the following. 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. 5. Installation instructions, including precautions, limitations, and recommended backing materials and tools. 6. Sample product warranty. 7. Certification by manufacturer indicating that product complies with specification requirements. C. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used, including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools. 1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports. B. Preconstruction compatibility and adhesion test reports. C. Preconstruction field -adhesion test reports. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 079200 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS D. Field -adhesion test reports. E. Warranties. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. B. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint -sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. Weather Joints, i.e., joints that if failure occurs, will allow water or air infiltration into the building interior provide 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Cosmetic joints, provide 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B. Low -Emitting Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Liquid -Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid -applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. 1. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 079200 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS D. Stain -Test -Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. E. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. 2.02 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Neutral -Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation. b. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones. c. Tremco Incorporated. 2. Type: Single component (S). a. Grade: nonsag (NS). b. Class: 50. c. Uses Related to Exposure: Traffic (T) Nontraffic (NT). 2.03 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Building Systems. b. Sika Corporation; Construction Products Division. c. Tremco Incorporated. 2. Type: Single component (S) or multicomponent (M). 3. Grade: Pourable (P) or nonsag (NS). 4. Class: 25. 5. Uses Related to Exposure: Traffic (T). 2.04 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Building Systems. b. Bostik, Inc. c. Pecora Corporation. d. Tremco Incorporated. 2.05 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound Space Sciences Accessible Entry 079200 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Pecora Corporation b. USG Corporation. 2.06 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin) Type 0 (open -cell material) Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. B. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. 3. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 4. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 079200 - 4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. C. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants- Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. F. Acoustical Sealant Installation: Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. G. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.04 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint -Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints in brick pavers. b. Isolation and contraction joints in cast -in-place concrete slabs. c. Joints between plant -precast architectural concrete paving units. d. Joints in stone paving units, including steps. e. Tile control and expansion joints. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 079200 - 5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS f. Joints between different materials listed above. g. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone (Single Component, Pourable, Traffic Grade, Neutral Curing). B. Joint -Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Construction joints in cast -in-place concrete. b. Joints between plant -precast architectural concrete units. c. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. d. Joints in dimension stone cladding. e. Joints in glass unit masonry assemblies. f. Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems. g. Joints between metal panels. h. Joints between different materials listed above. i. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors windows and louvers. j. Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces. k. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone (Single Component, Non -Sag, Neutral Curing, Class 50). C. Joint -Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation joints in cast -in-place concrete slabs. b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring. c. Control and expansion joints in brick flooring. d. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. e. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane (Multicomponent, Non -Sag, Traffic Grade, Class 25). 3. Joint Sealant: Preformed foam. D. Joint -Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. c. Tile control and expansion joints. d. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry concrete walls and partitions. e. Joints on underside of plant -precast structural concrete beams and planks. f. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows and elevator entrances. g. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Latex (Single Component, Non -Sag). E. Joint -Sealant Application: Mildew -resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 079200 - 6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS 1. Joint Sealant Location: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated. c. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone (Mildew Resistant, Single Component, Acid Curing) F. Joint -Sealant Application: Interior acoustical joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Location: a. Acoustical joints where indicated. b. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Acoustical (Single Component, Non -Sag). END OF SECTION 079200 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 079200 - 7 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 084313 Ithaca, New York ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS SECTION 084313 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum -framed storefront, with vision glass. B. Aluminum doors and frames. C. Weatherstripping. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 078400 - FIRESTOPPING: Firestop at system junction with structure. B. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between frames and adjacent construction. C. Section 087100 - Door Hardware: Hardware items other than specified in this section. D. Section 088000 - Glazing: Glass and glazing accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AAMA CW -10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site; 2015. B. AAMA 501.2 - Field Check of Metal Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems for Water Leakage; 2009 @art of AAMA 501). C. AAMA 609 & 610 - Cleaning and Maintenance Guide for Architecturally Finished Aluminum (Combined Document); 2015. D. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; 2012. E. AAMA 1503 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections; 2009. F. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. G. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2013. H. ASTM E283 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 2004 (Reapproved 2012). I. ASTM E330/E330M - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2014. J. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2000 (Reapproved 2009). Space Sciences Accessible Entry 084313 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 084313 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Aluminum framed storefront theiinal door system includes tubular aluminum sections, aluminum and glass doors, shop fabricated, factory pre -finished, glass and glazing, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. B. Aluminum framed storefront thermal window system includes tubular aluminum sections, glass and glazing, shop fabricated, factory finished, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. C. Storefront System Performance Requirements: 1. Air Infiltration: The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM 283. Air infiltration rate shall not exceed 0.06 cfm/ft2 at a (static) air pressure differential of 6.24 PSF. 2. Water Resistance, (static): The test specimen shall be tested in accordance with ASTM 331 for (outside) or (inside). There shall be no leakage at a minimum static air pressure differential of 10 PSF as defined in AAMA 501. 3. Uniform Load: A static air design load of 60 PSF shall be applied in the positive and negative direction in accordance with ASTM E 330. There shall be no deflection in excess of L/175 of the span of any framing member at design load. At structural test load equal to 1.5 times the specified design load, no glass breakage or permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2% of their clear spans shall occur. 4. Window components to provide for expansion and contraction within systemcomponents caused by a cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 -hour period without causing detrimental effects to components and anchorage. 5. System to accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement within system, movement between system and peripheral construction, deflection of lintels, dynamic loading and release of loads. 6. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate with installation of other components that comprise the exterior enclosure. B. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill, internal drainage details. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances, affected related Work, expansion and contraction joint location and details, and field welding required. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that the products supplied meet or exceed the specified requirements. E. Design Data: Provide framing member structural and physical characteristics, engineering calculations, and dimensional limitations. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 084313 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 084313 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS F. Hardware Schedule: Complete itemization of each item of hardware to be provided for each door, cross-referenced to door identification numbers in Contract Documents. G. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminum glazing systems with minimum five years of documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminum glazing systems with minimum three years documented experience 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle products of this section in accordance with AAMA CW -10. B. Protect finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond to aluminum when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 48 hours after installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. See Section 017700 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a two year period after the Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against failure of glass seal on insulating glass units, including interpane dusting or misting. Include provision for replacement of failed units. D. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of exterior finish. Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIS OF DESIGN -- FRAMING FOR INSULATING GLAZING A. Center -Set Style, Thenually-Broken: 1. Basis of Design: Trulite Glass and Aluminum Solutions, LLC: CT451. 2. Vertical Mullion Dimensions: 2 inches wide by 4-1/2 inches deep. B. Other Manufacturers: Provide either the product identified as "Basis of Design" or an equivalent product of one of the manufacturers listed below: 1. Kawneer - Tri -Fab VG 451T. 2. Efco - 403 T . 2.02 BASIS OF DESIGN -- SWINGING DOORS A. Wide Stile, Insulating Glazing, Thermally -Broken: 1. Basis of Design: Trulite Glass and Aluminum Solutions, LLC: 500 Series. 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 084313 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 084313 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS B. Other Manufacturers: Provide either the product identified as "Basis of Design" or an equivalent product of one of the manufacturers listed below: 1. Kawneer. C. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. 2.03 STOREFRONT A. Aluminum -Framed Storefront: Factory fabricated, factory finished aluminum framing members with infill, and related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. 1. Finish: Superior performing organic coatings. a. Factory finish all surfaces that will be exposed in completed assemblies. b. Touch-up surfaces cut during fabrication so that no natural aluminum is visible in completed assemblies, including joint edges. 2. Fabrication: Joints and corners flush, hairline, and weatherproof, accurately fitted and secured; prepared to receive anchors and hardware; fasteners and attachments concealed from view; reinforced as required for imposed loads. 3. Construction: Eliminate noises caused by wind and thermal movement, prevent vibration harmonics, and prevent "stack effect" in internal spaces. 4. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network any water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moisture occurring within system. 5. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 hour period without causing detrimental effect to system components, anchorages, and other building elements. 6. Movement: Allow for movement between storefront and adjacent construction, without damage to components or deterioration of seals. 7. Perimeter Clearance: Minimize space between framing members and adjacent construction while allowing expected movement. 2.04 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Framing Members: Tubular aluminum sections, thermally broken with interior section insulated from exterior, drainage holes and internal weep drainage system. 1. Glazing Stops: Flush. B. Swing Doors: Glazed aluminum. 1. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. 2. Top Rail: 5 inches wide. 3. Vertical Stiles: 5 inches wide. 4. Bottom Rail: 10 inches wide. 5. Mid Rail: 4 inches 6. Glazing Stops: Square. 7. Finish: Same as storefront. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). B. Fasteners: Stainless steel. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 084313 - 4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 084313 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS C. Perimeter Anchors: When steel anchors are used, provide insulation between steel material and aluminum material to prevent galvanic action. D. Gaskets: Glazing gaskets shall comply with ASTM C 864 and be extruded of silicone compatible EPDM rubber that provides for silicone adhesion. 2.06 FINISHES A. Class I Color Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 AA-M12C22A44 Electrolytically deposited colored anodic coating not less than 0.7 mils thick. B. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2.07 HARDWARE A. For each door, include weatherstripping. B. Other Door Hardware: As specified in Section 087100. 2.08 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass and Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08 80 00; 1 inch insulated glass units for outer lites and doors of vestibules and exterior doors, and 1/4 inch glass for inner lites and doors of vestibules. 2.09 FABRICATION A. Fabricate components allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. B. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners with internal reinforcement. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. D. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view. E. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other work. B. Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wall system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure. D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 084313 - 5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 084313 ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS F. Install sill flashings. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent work to form water tight dam. G. Where fasteners penetrate sill flashings, make watertight by seating and sealing fastener heads to sill flashing. H. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. I Install glass in accordance with Section 088000, using glazing method required to achieve performance criteria. J. Touch-up minor damage to factory applied finish; replace components that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 ft non -cumulative or 1/16 inches per 10 ft, whichever is less. B. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/32 inch. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 014500 - Quality Requirements, for independent testing and inspection requirements. Inspection will monitor quality of installation and glazing. B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Upon Owner's request, provide manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating hardware and sash for smooth operation. 3.06 CLEANING A. Protection: Protect installed product's finish surfaces from damage during construction. Protect aluminum storefront system from damage from grinding and polishing compounds, plaster, lime, acid, cement, or other harmful contaminants. B. Cleaning: Repair or replace damaged installed products. Installed products are to be cleaned in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to owner's acceptance. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage during subsequent construction. END OF SECTION 084313 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 084313 - 6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 087100 Ithaca, New York DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 087100 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Requirements, apply to work of this section. 1.02 SCOPE A. Finish hardware supplier shall furnish and install: 1. All finish door hardware as indicated and/or herein specified. 2. Hardware schedule and templates. 3. Shop drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware from single manufacturer. B. Supplier: Recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity, that has record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project; that employs experienced architectural hardware consultant who is available for consultation during course of project, and will meet with Owner to confirm keying requirements and obtain final instructions. C. Installer: Use only experienced tradesmen assigned to install hardware. 1.04 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. All hardware provided for fire -rated openings shall be certified compliant with NFPA 80 and local building codes. B. All locksets shall be certified compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS), and with applicable standards published by American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 1.05 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Architect's drawings and specifications indicate intent and scope. Hardware subcontractor shall be responsible for material and item coordination for each door. B. Hardware schedule shall be submitted as follows: Master list of items indicating hardware item number, description and manufacturer's reference, printed sheets complete in same manner as Architect's indicating each door and item of hardware to be applied to door. 1.06 KEYING AND KEY CONTROL A. Cores and keys will be provided by Cornell Lock Shop and ordered directly by a Cornell representative. 1.07 FINISH SYMBOLS A. Finish symbols refer to ANSI/BHMA Finish Numbers. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 087100 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 087100 Ithaca, New York DOOR HARDWARE 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with General Requirements. B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware. C. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturers to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cutouts for hardware. D. Location of Hardware 1. Door knobs centered 38" above finished floor. 2. Upper edge of top hinge 5" below head of frame. 3. Lower edge of bottom hinge 10" above finished floor. 4. Space center hinges equal distances between top and bottom hinge. 5. Push plates centered 40" above floor. 6. Cylinder deadlocks centered 48" above floor. 7. Push bars centered 41" above floor. 8. Install all temporary hardware as required for security. 1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Comply with requirements of General Requirements Sections in Division 01 including submission of operating and maintenance instructions. B. Furnish three (3) complete sets of specialized tools for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. 1.10 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Package and tag each item separately with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include installation instructions with each item or package. B. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to Project but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items that are not immediately replaceable so that completion of project will not be delayed by hardware losses before or after installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE FUNCTION AND ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer's names and catalog numbers are used for reference and to establish the type and quality of materials. Materials of other manufacturers which are equal in opinion of Architect may be substituted by obtaining prior approval in writing. B. Butt hinges on exterior doors shall have non -removable pins. 2.02 HARDWARE MATERIALS A. Hinges: McKinney B. Locksets: Sargent. C. Cylinders: Sargent. D. Exit Devices: LCN. E. Closers: Sargent. F. Silencers: DCI Space Sciences Accessible Entry 087100 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 087100 Ithaca, New York DOOR HARDWARE G. Trim & Miscellaneous: Burns, Glynn -Johnson, Hager, Ives, National Guard, Pemko, Reese, Rixson-Firemark, Rockwood, Select, Stanley, VonDuprin, Door Controls International (DCI). H. Sample of each different type shall be submitted for written approval of Architect before delivery. Approved samples can be used on project. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. B. Installer shall examine conditions under which door hardware is to be installed and notify Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. C. Paint primed hardware to match frames. D. Set thresholds in sealant. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware to ensure proper operation or function. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for application made. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. 3.03 SITE SECURITY A. Contractor shall be responsible for losses which can be attributed to unsecured openings. 3.04 HARDWARE A. Refer to hardware schedule on drawings. END OF SECTION 087100 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 087100 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 088000 Ithaca, New York GLAZING SECTION 088000 GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Insulating glass units. B. Glazing units. C. Glazing compounds and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Sealants for other than glazing purposes. B. Section 084313 - Aluminum -Framed Storefronts: Glazing furnished as part of storefront assembly. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. B. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 2010. C. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures; 2010, with 2013 Supplements and Errata. D. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 2005 (Reapproved 2011). E. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. F. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011e1. G. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2013. H. ASTM C1376 - Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Flat Glass; 2015. I. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2015a. J. ASTM E1300 - Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings; 2012a. K. ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation; 2010. L. GANA (GM) - GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2009. M. GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2008. N. IGMA TM -3000 - North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial & Residential Use; Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; 1990 (2004). O. NFRC 100 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U -factors; 2014. P. NFRC 200 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence; 2014. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 088000 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 088000 GLAZING Q. UL 10B - Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this section; require attendance by each of the affected installers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data on Glazing Unit Glazing Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling and installation requirements. B. Product Data on Glazing Compounds and Accessories: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that glass and glazing products meets or exceeds specified requirements. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Float Glass Manufacturers: 1. AGC Flat Glass North America: us.agc.com 2. Pilkington North America Inc: www.pilkington.com/na. 3. PPG Industries, Inc: www.ppgideascapes.com. B. Laminated Glass Manufacturers 1. Trulite Glass & Aluminum: www.trulite.com, phone (800)-724-9923 2. Viracon, Architectural Glass segment of Apogee Enterprises, Inc: www.viracon.com. phone (800) 533-2080. 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS - EXTERIOR GLAZING ASSEMBLIES A. Select type and thickness of exterior glazing assemblies to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of glass. 1. Comply with ASTM E1300 for design load resistance of glass type, thickness, dimensions, and maximum lateral deflection of supported glass. 2. Provide glass edge support system sufficiently stiff to limit the lateral deflection of supported glass edges to less than 1/175 of their lengths under specified design load. 3. Glass thicknesses listed are minimum. B. Vapor Retarder and Air Barrier Seals: Provide completed assemblies that maintain continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and air barrier. 1. In conjunction with vapor retarder and joint sealer materials described in other sections. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 088000 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 088000 GLAZING C. Thermal and Optical Performance: Provide glass products with performance properties as indicated. Performance properties are in accordance with manufacturer's published data as determined with the following procedures and/or test methods: 1. Center of Glass U -Value: Comply with NFRC 100 using Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) WINDOW 5.2/6.3 computer program. 2. Center of Glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): Comply with NFRC 200 using Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL) WINDOW 5.2/6.3 computer program. 3. Solar Optical Properties: Comply with NFRC 300 test method. 2.03 GLASS MATERIALS A. Float Glass: Provide float glass based glazing unless noted otherwise. 1. Impact Resistant Safety Glass: Complies with ANSI Z97.1 and 16 CFR 1201 criteria; Class A/Category II. 2.04 INSULATING GLASS UNITS A. Insulating Glass Units Manufacturers: 1. Trulite Glass & Aluminum: www.trulite.com, phone (800)-724-9923 2. Viracon, Apogee Enterprises, Inc: www.viracon.com, phone (800) 533-2080 3. W.A. Wilson / Perilstein Glass Co.. B. Insulating Glass Units: Types as indicated. 1. Durability: Certified by an independent testing agency to comply with ASTM E2190. 2. Coated Glass: Comply with requirements of ASTM C1376 for pyrolytic (hard - coat) or magnetic sputter vapor deposition (soft -coat) type coatings on flat glass; coated vision glass, Kind CV; coated overhead glass, Kind CO; or coated spandrel glass, Kind CS. 3. Spacer Color: Technoform stainless steel Black. 4. Edge Seal: a. Dual -Sealed System: Provide polyisobutylene sealant as primary seal applied between spacer and glass panes, and silicone or polyurethane sealant as secondary seal applied around perimeter. 5. Color: Black. 6. Purge interpane space with dry air, hermetically sealed. C. Type IG -1 - Insulating Glass Units: Vision glass, double glazed. 1. Applications: Exterior glazing unless otherwise indicated. 2. Space between lites filled with argon. 3. Outboard Lite: Laminated, 1/4 inch thick, minimum. a. Tint: Clear. b. Coating: Low -E (passive type), AGC ES40 on #2 surface. 4. Inboard Lite: Fully tempered float glass, 1/4 inch thick, minimum. a. Tint: Clear. 5. Total Thickness: 1 inch. 6. Thermal Transmittance (U -Value), Summer:.22, nominal. 7. Visible Light Transmittance (VLT): 71 percent, nominal. 8. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 38 percent, nominal. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 088000 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 088000 GLAZING 9. Visible Light Reflectance, Outside: 12 percent, nominal. 10. Glazing Method: Dry glazing method, gasket glazing. 2.05 GLAZING UNITS A. Type [MG -1] - Insulating Glass Units: Vision glazing, with Low -E coating. 1. Applications: Exterior insulating glass glazing unless otherwise indicated. a. Thickness: 1/4 inch, nominal. b. Glass Type: Fully tempered safety glass as specified. 2.06 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 2. Momentive Performance Materials, Inc (formerly GE Silicones): www.momentive.com. 3. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 4. BASF Corporation: www.basf.com/us/en.html. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Silicone, with 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Glazing Tape, Back Bedding Mastic Type: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids compound with integral resilient spacer rod applicable to application indicated; 5 to 30 cured Shore A durometer hardness; coiled on release paper; black color. 1. Width: As required for application. 2. Thickness: As required for application. C. Glazing Splines: Resilient silicone extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; ASTM C864 Option II; color black. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and support framing is ready to receive glazing system. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with appropriate solvent and wipe dry within maximum of 24 hours before glazing. Remove coatings that are not tightly bonded to substrates. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant where required for proper sealant adhesion. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install glazing in compliance with written instructions of glass, gaskets, and other glazing material manufacturers, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in glazing referenced standards. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 088000 - 4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 088000 GLAZING B. Do not exceed edge pressures around perimeter of glass lites as stipulated by glass manufacturer. C. Set glass lites of system with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. 3.04 INSTALLATION - DRY GLAZING METHOD (GASKET GLAZING) A. Application - Exterior and/or Interior Glazed: Set glazing infills from either the exterior or the interior of the building. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure on gasket to attain full contact. D. Install removable stops without displacing glazing gasket; exert pressure for full continuous contact. 3.05 INSTALLATION - DRY GLAZING METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) A. Application - Interior Glazed: Set glazing infills from the interior of the building. B. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch above sight line. C. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch from corners. D. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. E. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. F. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. G. Carefully trim protruding tape with knife. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Glass and Glazing product manufacturers to provide field surveillance of the installation of their products. B. Monitor and report installation procedures and unacceptable conditions. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove excess glazing materials from finish surfaces immediately after application using solvents or cleaners recommended by manufacturers. B. Remove non -permanent labels immediately after glazing installation is complete. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces after sealants are fully cured. D. Clean glass on both exposed surfaces not more than 4 days prior to Date of Substantial Completion in accordance with glass manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.08 PROTECTION A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste. B. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period prior to Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 088000 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 088000 - 5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 092116 Ithaca, New York GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B. Metal stud wall framing. C. Acoustic insulation. D. Gypsum wallboard. E. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. B. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2015. C. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2014. D. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. E. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2015. F. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. G. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2015. H. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2014. I ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2014a. J. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014. K. GA -216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2013. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing compliance with requirements. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 092116 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA -216. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf. 1. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. B. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws and anti -friction bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural performance of partition. 1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI SG02-1. 2. Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 hot dipped galvanized coating. 3. Deflection and Firestop Track: a. Provide mechanical anchorage devices as described above that accommodate deflection while maintaining the fire -rating of the wall assembly. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper -faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 3 1/2" inch. B. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use solvent -based non -curing butyl sealant. C. Beads, Joint Accessories, and Other Trim: ASTM C1047, rigid plastic, unless noted otherwise. D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. E. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold -Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self -piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant. F. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 092116-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center. 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to to ceiling framing in accordance with details. 3. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave studs unattached to track. C. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 840, GA -216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board. 3.05 JOINT TREATMENT A. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 1: Wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION 092116 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 092116 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 095100 Ithaca, New York SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 095100 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical units. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C635/C635M - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings; 2013a. B. ASTM C636/C636M - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels; 2013. C. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 2014. D. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth; 2015. E. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning, junctions with other ceiling finishes, and mechanical and electrical items installed in the ceiling. B. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components. C. Samples: Submit two samples 4 by 4 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Suspension System Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Acoustical Unit Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical unit installation. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 095100 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 095100 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustic Panels: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc; : www.armstrong.com. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Acoustical Panels Type A: Type: IV, Form: 2, Pattern: E. 1. Size: 24 by 24 inches. 2. Light Reflectance: 0.90 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 3. NRC Range: 0.75 to 1.00, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 4. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 35, determined in accordance with ASTM E1264. 5. Panel Edge: Beveled Tegular. 6. Surface Pattern: No Pattern. 7. Surface Color: White. 8. Suspension System: Exposed grid. 9. Products: a. Armstrong "ULTIMA" #1901". 2.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A. Suspension Systems - General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, perimeter moldings, and hold down clips as required. B. Exposed Steel Suspension System: Formed galvanized steel, commercial quality cold rolled; heavy-duty. 1. Profile: Tee; 15/16 inch wide face. 2. Construction: Double web. 3. Finish: White painted. 4. Products: a. Armstrong - Prelude XL 15/16". 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application and ceiling system flatness requirement specified. B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 1. At Exposed Grid: Provide L-shaped molding for mounting at same elevation as face of grid. C. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 095100-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 095100 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 3.02 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. B. Install after major above -ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. C. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. E. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. F. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. G. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. H. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 1. Use longest practical lengths. 2. Overlap and rivet corners. 3.03 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above -ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. G. Install hold-down clips on panels within 20 ft of an exterior door. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. END OF SECTION 095100 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 095100 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 124813 Ithaca, New York ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES SECTION 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following types of entrance flooring systems: 1. Floor Grids & Frame Assemblies 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Grouting frames into recess; refer to sections 033000 "Cast -In -Place Concrete" and section 036000 "Grout" 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) B. The Aluminum Association 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and Division 1 specification section 013300. B. Product data for each type of floor grid and frame specified, including manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. C. Shop drawings in sufficient detail showing layout of grid and frame specified including details indicating construction relative to materials, direction of traffic, spline locations, profiles, anchors and accessories. D. Samples for verification purposes: Submit an assembled section of floor grid and frame members with selected tread insert showing each type of color for exposed floor grid, frame and accessories required. E. Maintenance data in the form of manufacturer's printed instructions for cleaning and maintaining floor grids. F. Flammability in accordance with ASTM E648, Class I, Critical Radiant Flux, minimum 0.45 watts/m2. G. Slip resistance in accordance with ASTM D-2047-96, Coefficient of Friction, minimum 0.60 for accessible routes. H. Standard rolling load performance is 500 lb./wheel (load applied to a solid 5 inches x 2 inches wide polyurethane wheel, 1000 passes without damage). I. Single source responsibility: Obtain floor grids and frames from one source of a single manufacturer. J. Utilize superior structural stainless steel Type 304 components. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the project site ready for use and fabricated in as large sections and assemblies as practical, in unopened original factory packaging clearly labeled to identify manufacturer. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 124813 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: Check actual openings for grids by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Record actual measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work. B. Coordinate frame installation with concrete construction to ensure recess and frame anchorage are accurate and that the base is level and flat. Defer frame installation until building enclosure is complete and related interior finish work is in progress. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Drawings and specifications are based on manufacturer's literature from Construction Specialties, Inc. unless otherwise indicated. Other manufacturers must comply with the minimum levels of material and detailing indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Stainless steel - Type 304 stainless steel for surface wires and support bars 2.03 FLOOR GRIDS A. Model and Description - G6 GridLine shall be manufactured from type 304 stainless steel in 1-1/8 inch. Wires to be .090 inches x.150 inches electronically welded and spaced .145 inches apart. Unit must withstand 500 lb./ wheel loads (load applied to a solid 5 inches x 2 inches wide polyurethane wheel, 1000 passes without damage). 2.04 GRID FRAMES A. SSA - Stainless Steel Angle Frame shall be Type 304 stainless steel with 1/8 inch exposed surface. B. SSNP- Stainless Steel Deep Pit Frame w/o drain pan shall be Type 304 stainless steel with 1/8 inch exposed surface at grid perimeter. Support structure to be comprised of adjustable height - aluminum support feet and legs spaced no more than 24 inches on center. Maximum overall depth of grid and framing system to be no more than 7 inches deep. Note: Rolling load capacity for this application is 300 lb. /wheel. 2.05 LOCK DOWN MECHANISM A. HL - Hidden Lock Down shall be a hidden device to secure the GridLine to the concrete surface. Made from Type 304 stainless steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Manufacturer shall offer assistance and guidance to provide a template of irregular shaped grid assemblies to ensure a proper installation. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 124813 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 124813 ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Set grid type at height recommended by manufacturer for most effective cleaning action. C. Coordinate top of grid surfaces with bottom of doors that swing across to provide ample clearance between door and grid. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean the tread surface and recessed well as frequently as possible to reduce the effects of accumulated soiling that may hinder performance and lifetime. 3.05 PROTECTION A. After completing required frame installation and concrete work, provide temporary filler of plywood or fiberboard in recesses, and cover frames with plywood protective flooring. Maintain protection until construction traffic has ended and project is near time of substantial completion. B. Defer installation of floor grids until time of substantial completion of project. END OF SECTION 124813 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 124813 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves for cables. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THW, THHN-THWN, or XHHW. C. Multi -conductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for metal -clad cable, Type MC with ground wire. 2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.03 SLEEVES FOR CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260519 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES PART 1 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Branch Circuits: Copper. Stranded for No. 14 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 12 AWG and larger, unless otherwise noted. 3.02 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway, Metal -clad cable. B. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. C. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Sections "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." F. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. H. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. I. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack. 3.04 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. D. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces. E. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260519 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES F. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed. G. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. H. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." I. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." J. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 260519 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260519 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 0 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 2.02 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure- type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. PART 1 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install stranded conductor for 10 gauge AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 8 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Conductor Terminations and Connections: Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260526 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Flexible raceway runs. 6. Armored and metal -clad cable runs. B. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct - mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. C. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. D. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260526 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260526 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260529 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 0 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260529 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-4. 5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non -armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes and bars; black and galvanized. F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, [zinc -coated] [stainless] steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP -58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for attached structural element. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260529 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. PART 1 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single -bolt conduit clamps using spring friction action for retention in support channel. D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1 -1/2 -inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.02 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 3. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 4. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP -69. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260529 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.03 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 Painting Sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 260529 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260529 - 4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 0 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. EMT: ANSI C80.3. B. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Fittings for EMT: set -screw or compression type. 2.02 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Dual -channel, painted steel with snap -on covers. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect/Engineer. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. 2.03 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. PART 1 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 -inch trade size. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260533 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 -inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 -degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. H. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 -lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire and tie off securely. I. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for luminaire equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 3.03 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." END OF SECTION 260533 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260533 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D. Snap -Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260553 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2.02 ARMORED AND METAL -CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSIA13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V and Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather - and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use. 2.03 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather - and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. D. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. 2.04 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather - and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, petuianent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260553 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. C. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. D. System Identification Color -Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color - coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two- color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 -foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 -foot maximum intervals in congested areas. E. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 600V or less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits more than 50 A, and 120V to ground: Install labels at 30 -foot maximum intervals. B. Accessible Metal -Clad Cables 600V or less, install labels at 30 -foot maximum intervals. C. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. Emergency Power. 2. Power. 3. Fire Alarm. D. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, 600V or less: Use color -coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color -Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600V or less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded branch -circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied. b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. E. Install instructional sign including the color -code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive -film -type labels. F. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach marker tape to conductors and list source. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260553 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS G. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 4. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Screw mounted, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide five lines of text: 1) First line: 1/2 -inch letters on the first line stating equipment name. 2) Second line (if applicable): 3/8 -inch letters stating the existing equipment name in Parentheses (). 3) Third line: 3/8 -inch letters stating voltage/phase. 4) Fourth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating the breaker number, panel name and room number/name (Owner's room number) from which the equipment is fed. 5) Fifth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating function and/or equipment which it controls. 5. Receptacle Labeling: Label shall be using Dymo Posiprinter, black lettering on clear tape stating panel and breaker number from which it is fed. 6. Equipment to be Labeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Fire -alarm control panel, annunciators, devices. d. Receptacles. END OF SECTION 260553 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 260553 - 4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Snap switches. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 2. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 3. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour). 2.02 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and color: white. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Hubbell; HBL5361 (single), CR5352 (duplex). b. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). c. Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex). 2.03 SNAP SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20A, color: white: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Hubbell; HBL1221 (single pole), HBL1222 (two pole), HBL1223 (three way), HBL1224 (four way). b. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way). c. Pass & Seymour; 20AC1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way). Space Sciences Accessible Entry 262726 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES 2.04 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with white baked enamel, suitable for field painting. 2.05 FINISHES A. Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: white. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, or as indicated on the drawings. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 262726 - 2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 5. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 262726 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 262726 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 271500 Ithaca, New York COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, tools, and equipment required for the complete installation of work called for in the Contract Documents. Unless noted otherwise all work included in this section is included in the data cable contract. 1.02 SCOPE A. Horizontal cabling includes Category 6 UTP from the Telecommunications Rooms (TR) to the outlets as shown on the plans and called for in the cable schedules. The horizontal cabling includes all horizontal cables, mechanically terminated jacks/inserts and faceplates in the work area and the mechanical termination in the TR. B. This section includes minimum requirements for the following: 1. UTP Cable for Data 2. UTP Cable for Voice 3. Cable Terminations 4. Connecting Hardware 5. Wall Phone Outlets 6. Firestopping 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All cable shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner's Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacturer indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where "approved equal" is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval B. Strictly adhere to all Category 6 (BICSI and TIA) and manufacturer recommended installation practices when installing high performance cabling. C. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the Contract Documents shall be subject to the control and approval of Cornell University. D. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacturer indicated. E. Provide with the submittals, documentation from an independent testing agency indicating that the complete assembly including cable and termination hardware has been tested and meets the performance criteria called for. F. Materials and work specified herein shall comply with the applicable requirements of: 1. ANSI/TIA/EIA — 568B.1, B.2 and B.2-1 2. ANSI/TIA/EIA — 569A 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA — 568-A-5 4. ANSI/TIA/EIA — 606A 5. ISO/IEC 11801— 2002 (or newer edition) 6. NFPA 70 — 2005 (or newest edition) Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 7. BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual, current edition 8. Cornell University Design and Construction Standards, current Edition 9. National Electrical Installation Standards (NECA-NEIS) 10. FCC 47 CFR 68 11. NEMA - 250 12. NEC - Articles 770, 800,810. 13. ADA, Americans with Disabilities Act. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers catalog sheets, specifications and installation instructions for all cable and connecting hardware. B. Evidence of manufacturer's certification to install and warrant UTP, copper backbone and optical fiber cables. C. Termination details for all cable types. D. List of three (3) installations of equivalent or larger systems that have been installed within the past two (2) years and have been operating satisfactorily for a minimum of one year. (Include names and phone numbers of references at the site of installation.) E. Cable Test Reports (two weeks minimum). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 100 OHM UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE A. Shall be Category 6 type cable compliant with the requirements of the most current ANSI/TIA/EIA 568B standard. B. Shall be independently verified to comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA 568B.2-1. C. An ISO 9002 Certified Manufacturer shall make the cable. D. Cable shall be UL LISTED. E. Physical Characteristics: 1. Shall be CMR rated and meet applicable requirements of ANSI/ICEA-S-80-576 and NEC. 2. Conductor shall be 24 AWG solid bare annealed copper. 3. Outer jacket color shall be blue or as directed by Owner. 4. Category marking shall be printed every one foot. Footage indicators shall also be provided on jacket. 5. The diameter of the insulated conductor shall be.023 in. maximum. 6. Shall consist of (4) 22-26 AWG twisted pairs. 7. Shall be suitable for the environment in which they are to be installed. 8. The color coding of pairs shall be: Pair 1 W -BL; BL Pair 2 W -O; 0 Pair 3 W -G; G Pair 4 W -BR; BR 9. The overall diameter of the cable shall be less than 0.250 inches. If the approved submittal indicates a cable outside diameter greater than 0.250, refer to additional requirements for pathway resizing and coordination in Part 3 of this section. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 10. The ultimate breaking strength measured in accordance with ASTM D 4565 shall be 400 N minimum. 11. Cable shall withstand a bend radius of 1 inch at -20 degrees Celsius without jacket or insulation cracking. 12. Cable shall be third party verified to meet ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1, Category 6 requirements. F. Transmission Characteristics: 1. Cable shall be ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 and ISO/IEC 11801 category 6 compliant. 2. Attenuation shall be measured in accordance with TIA/EIA 568B.2-1 and shall be a maximum of 19.8dB @ 100 MHz. 3. Cable shall exhibit positive PSACR above 250 MHz. 4. Cable shall be tested & characterized to 500 MHz. 5. Cable shall be UL LISTED. a. Cable shall exhibit a NEXT loss of at least the following: Freque NEXT dB ncy MHz 1.0 78 4.0 69 10.0 63 16.0 60 20.0 58 31.25 55 62.5 51 100.0 48 200 44 250 42 b. Cable shall exhibit a ELFEXT loss of at least the following: Frequence MHz ELFEXT 1.0 75 4.0 63 10.0 55 16.0 51 20.0 49 31.25 45 62.5 39 100.0 35 200 29 250 27 c. Cable shall exhibit Attenuation loss of less than the following Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING Frequency MHz Attenuation dB 1.0 2.0 4.0 3.8 10.0 6.0 16.0 7.6 20.0 8.5 31.25 10.7 62.5 15.4 100.0 19.8 200 29.0 250 32.58 d. Cable shall exhibit a return loss according to the following: Frequency MHz Return Loss (dB) 1 20.0 4 23.0 10 25.0 16 25.0 20 25.0 31.25 23.6 32.5 21.5 100 20.1 200 18.0 250 17.3 G. Design Make: CommScope/SYSTIMAX GigaSPEED XL -Series, 4 -pair, CMR Riser rated with blue jacket. H. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. None 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTING HARDWARE - 100 OHM UTP A. Physical Characteristics 1. Each UTP cable will be terminated at the outlet with a Mini -corn Executive Series 8 position 8 wire T568A coded Category 6 RJ45 modular jack. 2. Jacks shall be 8 position un -keyed. 3. The manufacturer shall have conducted performance testing at the component level by a UL certified testing laboratory, and include Active Live Channel Testing to insure manufacture and performance quality. 4. Jack housings shall be high impact 94 V-0 rated thermoplastic. 5. Jack modules shall have a temperature rating of -10 °C (14°F) to 60°C (140 °F) in conformance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B. 6. Jack modules shall be used in all work areas and shall exceed the connector requirements of the TIA/EIA Category 6 standard. 7. Jack modules shall be 100% tested to ensure NEXT performance. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 4 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 8. Jack modules shall be universal in design, including complying with the intermateability standard IEC 60603-7 for backward compatibility. 9. Category 6 modules shall have UL and CSA approval. 10. The modules shall be able to be re -terminated a minimum of 10 times. 11. The modules shall have ETL verified Category 6 performance and ISO Class E performance (as defined in ISO/IEC 11801) in both the basic and channel links. They shall be universal in design, accepting six or eight -pair modular plugs without damage to the outer module contacts. 12. Jack modules shall have a designation indicating Category 6 compliance. Jack module shall also have a date code and a complete catalog number and abbreviated series numbers indicated on each module. 13. Jacks shall utilize a paired punch down sequence. Cable pair twists shall be maintained up to the IDC, terminating all conductors adjacent to its pair mate to better maintain pair characteristics designed by the cable manufacturer. 14. The module shall snap into all Mini -Com outlets and patch panels. 15. Jacks shall terminate 22-26 AWG unshielded twisted pair cable, stranded or solid conductors. 16. Jacks shall terminate insulated conductors with outside diameters up to.050". 17. Jacks shall be compatible with single conductor 110 impact termination tools. 18. Jacks shall include translucent wire termination/retention stuffer cap, that holds terminated wires in place, provides positive locking latch to proper conductor strain relief on the cable jacket, and allow the conductors to be visually inspected in the assembled housing can ensure cable twists can be maintained to within 1/8" (3.18mm). 19. Jack modules shall be compatible with TIA/EIA 606-A color code labeling and each module shall include a label marked with both T -568A and T -568B wiring schemes. 20. The jack module shall include an identification to signify Category 6, 330 MHz performance. 21. Meets FCC Part 68 Subpart F; contacts plated with 50 micro -inches of gold. 22. Jack modules shall be manufactured in the USA. B. Jack modules shall be UL LISTED 1863 and CSA certified. C. Jack modules shall be made by an ISO 9002 Certified Manufacturer. D. Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel with a category 6 patch panel and category 6 patch cords, all from the same manufacturer and designed to be installed together, along with a qualified category 6 cable shall meet or exceed the channel requirements of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B. E. Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel configured as described in section d above, shall exhibit a worst pair channel NEXT loss of at least the following, and be fully compliant with the manufacturer performance requirements for the warranty specified, and meet or exceed the permanent link and channel requirements of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Standard. Frequency NEXT MHz dB Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 5 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 1.0 4.0 8.0 10.0 16.0 20.0 25.0 31.25 62.5 100.0 200.0 250.0 SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 65.0 63.0 58.2 56.6 53.2 51.6 50.0 48.4 43.4 39.9 34.8 33.1 F. Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel configured as described in section d above, shall exhibit a worst pair channel PSNEXT loss of at least the following, and be fully compliant with the manufacturer performance requirements for the warranty specified and meet or exceed the permanent link and channel requirements of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Standard. Frequency PSNEXT MHz dB 1.0 62.0 4.0 60.5 8.0 55.6 10.0 54.0 16.0 50.6 20.0 49.0 25.0 47.3 31.25 45.7 62.5 40.6 100.0 37.1 200.0 31.9 250.0 30.2 G. Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel configured as described in section d above, shall exhibit a worst pair channel Insertion Loss of not more than the following, and be fully compliant with the manufacturer performance requirements for the warranty specified and meet or exceed the permanent link and channel requirements of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Standard. Frequency Insertion LOSS MHz dB 1.0 2.1 4.0 4.0 8.0 5.7 10.0 6.3 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 6 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 16.0 8.0 20.0 9.0 25.0 10.1 31.25 11.4 62.5 16.5 100.0 21.3 200.0 31.5 250 35.9 H. Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel configured as described in section d above, shall exhibit a worst pair channel ELFEXT loss of at least the following, and be fully compliant with the manufacturer perfoiuiance requirements for the warranty specified and meet or exceed the permanent link and channel requirements of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Standard. Frequency ELFEXT MHz dB 1.0 63.3 4.0 51.2 8.0 45.2 10.0 43.3 16.0 39.2 20.0 37.2 25.0 35.3 31.25 33.4 62.5 27.3 100.0 23.3 200.0 17.2 250.0 15.3 Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel configured as described in section d above, shall exhibit a worst pair channel PSELFEXT loss of at least the following, and be fully compliant with the manufacturer performance requirements for the warranty specified and meet or exceed the permanent link and channel requirements of the ANS I/TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Standard. Frequency PSELFEXT MHz DB 1.0 60.3 4.0 48.2 8.0 42.2 10.0 40.3 16.0 36.2 20.0 34.2 25.0 32.3 31.25 30.4 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500-7 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 62.5 100.0 200.0 250.0 SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 24.3 20.3 14.2 12.3 J. Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel configured as described in section d above, shall exhibit a channel return loss of at least the following, and be fully compliant with the manufacturer performance requirements for the warranty specified and meet or exceed the permanent link and channel requirements of the ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Standard. Frequency Return Loss MHz DB 1.0 19.0 4.0 19.0 8.0 19.0 10.0 19.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 17.5 25.0 17.0 K. Jack modules installed in a 4 -connector channel shall exhibit a delay skew of not more than 50 ns/100 m between 1 and 250 MHz. L. Confirm color and orientation requirements with Owner before ordering. M. Modular Jack Design Make: 1. Panduit Mini -Com TX6 Plus Jack Module TP Series, T568A, Electric Ivory (or color to match existing conditions, or as called for) - Panduit # CJ688TPEI Series. 2.03 FACEPLATE DESIGN MAKES AND OPTIONS: A. Double Gang — Panduit CBEEI-2G Minicom executive series, 8 module, Ivory, Plastic. B. Double Gang, Stainless — Panduit CFP8S-2G Minicom Stainless Steel Series, 8 module. C. Single Gang Vertical four port — CBEE series, upon special approval by Owner. D. Single Gang Horizontal four port — Panduit #CFPHSL4EI series, on special approval by Owner. E. Box/Surface Mount, 2 -module Panduit # CBXJ2EI-A. F. Bezel Insert Sloped 2 -module space Ivory - Panduit #CHS2EI-X (10pk). G. Bezel Insert Flat Blank 2 -module wide Ivory - Panduit # CHB2EI-X. H. Confirm color, orientation and sloped vs. flush jack module configuration requirements with Owner before ordering. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500-8 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING I. Review stainless steel faceplate requirements and design makes with Owner for all wet laboratories, per the cable schedule, Appendix A. Submit sample of stainless steel plates and modular jacks to confirm acceptable compatibility and special labeling requirements. J. Others, upon approval by CIT, for other non -typical field conditions encountered. 1. 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. UTP Cable: 1 All exposed wiring shall be installed in surface metal raceway, conduit, and enclosed cable tray, except within TR's. 2. All wiring above ceilings shall be installed in closed cable tray, conduit, and raceway as called for. 3. Shall not be run exposed or in open J -Hook or hangers. 4. Shall be installed to provide minimal signal impairment by preserving wire pair twists as closely as possible to the point of mechanical termination. The amount of untwisting in a pair as a result of termination shall be no greater than 0.5 inches (13 mm). 5. Shall be installed according to manufacturer's instructions. 6. Cornell Standards recommends, but does not require, service loops in the TR Rooms. However, when creating service loops, they should be coiled in a Figure - Eight configuration to minimize the affect of return loss and near end cross -talk. Review with Owner prior to cable rough -in and mock-up as directed for approval to proceed. 7. Shall be installed such that cables can maintain minimum bend radius of at least 4 times the cable diameter. Cables shall be terminated in such a way that there is no tension on the conductors in the termination contacts 8. Shall be installed in one continuous length unless specified in the contract document. 9. The overall diameter of the Category 6 cable is expected to be less than 0.250 inches. If the approved submittal indicates a cable outside diameter greater than 0.250, the Division 27 contractor is solely responsible to coordinate with the Division 26 contractor the requirement to adjust all pathway designs sizing accordingly and recalculate and abide by the design criteria for maximum fill ratios for all horizontal pathway runs of conduit, cable tray and raceway. The contractor shall bear all costs to affect this change and provide as- builts reflecting all pathway sizing changes. Also refer to Section 260500 and the Raceway Section 260533 of Division 26 specifications for additional requirements. 10. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacing all cables that do not pass required bandwidth and throughput tests. 11. Maximum length shall be 90 meters, TR termination to WAO termination. 12. Cable shall have no physical defects such as cuts, tears or bulges in the outer jacket. Cables with defects shall be replaced. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 9 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 13. Install cable in neat and workmanlike manner. Neatly bundle, support and tie all cable in closets, in both the vertical and horizontal plane. Leave sufficient cable for 90o sweeps at all vertical drops. 14. Provide reusable Velcro -type hook and loop straps in each rear vertical channel. Reusable straps shall be of varying sizes (each allowing 50% spare future expansion) and of adequate quantity to secure cable bundles at least every 4 rack units 15. Provide reusable Velcro -type hook and loop straps in each horizontal of overhead ladder rack/cable runway. Reusable straps shall be of varying sizes (each allowing 50% spare future expansion) and of adequate quantity to secure cable bundles at least every 3' in straight runs and at least every 12" in radius turns and waterfalls. 16. Provide reusable Velcro -type hook and loop straps in each vertical run of ladder rack/cable runway. Reusable straps shall be of varying sizes (each allowing 50% spare future expansion) and of adequate quantity to secure cable bundles at least every 12". 17. Maintain the following clearances from EMI sources. 18. Power cable - 6 in. a. Fluorescent Lights - 12 in. b. Transformers - 36 in. c. Adhere to TIA standard requirements regarding pulling tension and allowable lubricants. 19. Do not install Category 6 cable with more than 110N (25 lbs) pull force, as specified in EIA/TIA and BICSI TDDM practices. Utilize appropriate cable lubricant in sufficient quantity to reduce pulling friction to acceptable levels on: long pulls inside conduit, pulls of multiple cables into a single small bore conduit, on conduit runs greater than 100 lineal feet with bends of opposing directions, and in conduit runs that exceed 180 degrees of accumulated bends. Use of tensile rated cords (i.e. fishing line) should be used for difficult or questionable pulls - to judge "to go/no-go" condition of the conduit and pulling setup. 20. Care must be taken so that the cable does not bend at any location to a radius less than ten times the diameter of the cable. A cable feeder guide or rollers of suitable dimensions should be used between the cable reel and the face of the duct to protect the cable and guide it into the duct as it is payed off the reel. 21. As the cable is payed off the reel, it should be carefully watched and inspected for sheath defects. If defects are noticed, the pulling operation should be stopped immediately and the Engineer promptly notified of the defect. Kinks and/or other irregularities in the cable sheath should be removed or corrected as directed by the engineer. 22. Cable jackets that are chaffed or burned exposing internal conductor insulation or have bare conductors shall be replaced, not spliced 23. Test, label, and document as called for. 24. Firestop the interior of fire rated assembly openings where sleeves, conduits, raceways, cable trays or cables are installed through a fire barrier. B. UTP MODULAR JACKS 1. All cables shall be terminated with modular jacks that snap into a faceplate mounted on a wall outlet box, surface raceways or power pole. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 10 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 271500 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 2. Outlet boxes shall be secured to building with mechanical fasteners. Adhesive fasteners are not allowed. 3. Jacks shall be installed to provide minimal signal impairment by preserving wire pair twists as close as possible to the point of mechanical termination. The amount of untwisted in a pair as a result of termination to the jack shall be no greater than 0.5 inches (13mm). 4. Jacks shall be installed according to manufacturer's instructions and properly mounted in plates, frames, housings or other appropriate mounting device. 5. Jacks shall be installed such that cables terminated to the jacks maintain minimum bend radius of at least 4 times the cable diameter into the IDC contacts. Cables shall be terminated on jacks such that there is no tension on the conductors in the termination contacts. 6. All extra openings to be filled with blank inserts. 7. Terminate cable per EIA/TIA T -568A standard pin assignments and confirm with Owner in advance of ordering materials. 3.02 FIRESTOPPING A. Firestop all sleeves and conduit openings after the cable installations are complete. B. Never leave breaches in two and three hour rated assemblies open for more than a 24- hour period. END OF SECTION 271500 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 271500 - 11 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 283112 Ithaca, New York ZONED (DC LOOP) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 283112 ZONED (DC LOOP) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual fire -alarm boxes. 2. Notification appliances. 3. Relay modules. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Noncoded system, dedicated to fire -alarm service only. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General Submittal Requirements: 1. Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting them to Architect. 2. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications: a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire -alarm system design. b. NICET-certified fire -alarm technician, Level III minimum. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: For fire -alarm system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Include voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits. 3. Include battery size calculations. D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. E. Field quality -control reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire -alarm systems and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. 2. Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article "Permanent Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter. 3. Record copy of site-specific software. 4. Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72 article of the same name and include the following: a. Frequency of testing of installed components. b. Frequency of inspection of installed components. c. Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance. d. Manufacturer's user training manuals. 5. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 283112 - 1 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 283112 ZONED (DC LOOP) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 6. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire -alarm control unit. 7. Copy of NFPA 25. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. B. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by personnel certified by NICET as fire - alarm Level III technician. C. Source Limitations for Fire -Alarm System and Components: Obtain fire -alarm system from single source from single manufacturer. Components shall be compatible with, and operate as, an extension of existing system. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Existing fire alarm system is a conventional SimplexGrinnell. New fire alarm equipment must be UL Listed compatible with the existing fire alarm system. 2.02 MANUAL FIRE -ALARM BOXES A. General Requirements for Manual Fire -Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 38. Boxes shall be finished in red with molded, raised -letter operating instructions in contrasting color; shall show visible indication of operation; and shall be mounted on recessed outlet box. If indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box. 1. Single-action mechanism, pull -lever type. 2. Station Reset: Key- or wrench -operated switch. 2.03 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Connected to notification appliance signal circuits, zoned as indicated, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for system connections. 1. Combination Devices: Factory -integrated audible and visible devices in a single - mounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for system connections. B. Chimes, High -Level Output: Vibrating type, 81-dBA minimum rated output. C. Horns: Electric -vibrating -polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the operating mechanism behind a grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a sound -pressure level of 90 dBA, measured 10 feet from the horn, using the coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test protocol. D. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1 -inch high letters on the lens. 1. Rated Light Output: a. Indicated on Drawings. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 283112-2 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 283112 ZONED (DC LOOP) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM b. 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field. 2. Mounting: Wall mounted. 3. Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units. 4. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. 5. Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, red. 2.04 RELAY MODULES A. Description: Relay module, NRTL listed for alarm -initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts. B. Integral Relay: Capable of providing a direct signal to shunt the ADA door operators. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire -alarm equipment. B. Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire -alarm system is operational before making changes or connections. 1. Connect new equipment to the existing control panel in the existing part of the building. 2. Connect new equipment to the existing monitoring equipment at the supervising station. 3. Expand, modify, and supplement the existing equipment as necessary to extend the existing functions to the new points. New components shall be capable of merging with the existing configuration without degrading the performance of either system. C. Visible Alarm -Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least 6 inches below the ceiling. 3.02 CONNECTIONS A. For fire -protection systems related to doors in fire -rated walls and partitions and to doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." Connect hardware and devices to fire -alarm system. 1. Verify that hardware and devices are NRTL listed for use with fire -alarm system in this Section before making connections. B. Connect supervised interface devices to the following devices and systems. Install the interface device less than 3 feet from the device controlled. 1. ADA door operators. 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire -alarm control unit. 3.04 GROUNDING A. Ground fire -alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a ground wire from main service ground to fire -alarm control unit. Space Sciences Accessible Entry 283112 - 3 April 27, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 283112 ZONED (DC LOOP) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visual Inspection: Conduct the visual inspection prior to testing. a. Inspection shall be based on completed Record Drawings and system documentation that is required by NFPA 72 in its "Completion Documents, Preparation" Table in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter. b. Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" Table in the "Inspection" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72; retain the "Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only the installed components. 2. System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" Table in the "Testing" Section of the "Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. 3. Test audible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. Perform the test using a portable sound -level meter complying with Type 2 requirements in ANSI S1.4. 4. Test visible appliances for the public operating mode according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Factory -authorized service representative shall prepare the "Fire Alarm System Record of Completion" in the "Documentation" Section of the "Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72 and the "Inspection and Testing Form" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" Chapter in NFPA 72. D. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of added or replaced devices and appliances. E. Fire -alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. G. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly, monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. H. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire - alarm system complying with the visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. END OF SECTION 283112 Space Sciences Accessible Entry 283112 - 4 April 27, 2016